Advanced Search

Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 arr. saxophone trio

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for saxophone trio of soprano, alto and tenor saxophones. The realisation playback at 58 dotted quar Show More...

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for saxophone trio of soprano, alto and tenor saxophones. The realisation playback at 58 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. In this version ornaments have been omitted. Playing the a minor scale in all its forms natural, harmonic and melodic would be excellent preparation for playing this sinfonia. The voice leading in this sinfonia is not altogether straightforward and players will need to pay attention to the accidentals in the score possibly adding reminders if required. Conflicting accidentals often appear in different voices in the same bar. A sinfonia that features arpeggios and scale runs with the rhythmic shapes in the lines having a strong repetitive element. The note values given in Bach’s Sinfonias often give an indication of intended articulations that are intended. Players should be aiming for a singing legato in their playing. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the patterns of 3 in the 12/8 time signature. (4 x 3 to the bar). Accompaniments are in place playing at 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They feature the alto and tenor saxophones sounding voices 2 & 3 of Bach’s composition. There is a one bar click track sounding on the woodblock as an introduction. Rests have been indicated in the voices as they are in the keyboard version of the works Some of the rhythmic notation particularly with regards to the use of rests is ambiguous. Logic and rules do not universally apply. What tends to be in place is what is good for the eye. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills, good intonation , ensemble playing and particularly exploring the ranges of instruments. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with Bach’s contrapuntal writing namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, stretto. In these works the closely related keys of the dominant, sub-dominant, relative minor are explored The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that players need to be clear in their intention as far as the articulation of the lines and the dynamics. Whilst a movement that needs to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness of intention in the playing approach. Baroque scores generally have minimal score detail in place. The movement end with a major chord in what is referred to as a Picardy third. PlentyMusic arrangements provides music practice opportunities & experiences to instrumentalists of playing along with other instruments preparing the way for quality ensemble playing. Close

Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 piano | keyboard

The realisation playback at 60 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. A plain score is appended to the edited music score. Whilst the su Show More...

The realisation playback at 60 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. A plain score is appended to the edited music score. Whilst the suggestions in the edited music score are prescriptive it is intended that keyboard players will make use of the plain score once the movement has been studied. Understand that a good performance comes from good preparation. Music editing is a continuous process and keyboard players should be prepared to review the suggestions. There are a number of techniques that are encouraged to be used in the editing suggestions namely changing a finger on a note and sliding a finger from one note, usually a black note, to a succeeding white note. All editing suggestions are to encourage legato playing. In this version ornaments have been omitted. Playing the C minor scale in all its forms natural, harmonic and melodic would be excellent preparation for playing this sinfonia. Find scales in the free scores drop down menu on the website home page. The voice leading in this sinfonia is not altogether straightforward and players will need to pay attention to the accidentals in the score possibly adding reminders if required. Conflicting accidentals often appear in different voices in the same bar. A sinfonia that features arpeggios and scale runs with the rhythmic shapes in the lines having a strong repetitive element. The note values given in Bach’s Sinfonias often give an indication of intended articulations that are intended. Players should be aiming for a singing legato in their playing. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the patterns of 3 in the 12/8 time signature (4x3 to the bar). It is important to keep to the written note durations. An additional challenge which often arises when playing the sinfonias on a keyboard instrument is deciding how the middle part is shared between the hands. Keyboard players may well wish to review the suggestions. Rests have been indicated in the voices as they are in the keyboard version of the works Some of the rhythmic notation particularly with regards to the use of rests is ambiguous. Logic and rules do not universally apply. What tends to be in place is what is good for the eye. There are also some ambiguities in the voicing in the score that reference that the sinfonias were composed for an instrument with more than one keyboard – the harpsichord. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills and good intonation in an ensemble playing context. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with Bach’s contrapuntal writing namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. In these works the closely related keys of the dominant, sub- dominant, relative minor are explored. Thgis movement ends with a Picardy third – a major chord rather than the one indicated by the key signature. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that players need to be clear in their intention as far as the articulation of the lines and the dynamics. Whilst a movement that needs to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. PlentyMusic arrangements provides music practice opportunities & experiences to instrumentalists of playing along with other instruments preparing the way for quality ensemble playing. Close

Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 arr. string trio

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for string trio of violin, viola & cello. The realisation playback at 58 dotted quarter note or cro Show More...

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for string trio of violin, viola & cello. The realisation playback at 58 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. In this version ornaments have been omitted. Playing the C minor scale in all its forms natural, harmonic and melodic would be excellent preparation for playing this sinfonia. The voice leading in this sinfonia is not altogether straightforward and players will need to pay attention to the accidentals in the score possibly adding reminders if required. Conflicting accidentals often appear in different voices in the same bar. A sinfonia that features arpeggios and scale runs with the rhythmic shapes in the lines having a strong repetitive element. The note values given in Bach’s Sinfonias often give an indication of intended articulations that are intended. Players should be aiming for a singing legato in their playing. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the patterns of 3 in the 12/8 time signature. (4 x 3 to the bar). Accompaniments are in place playing at 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They feature the viola and cello sounding voices 2 & 3 of Bach’s composition. There is a one bar click track sounding on the woodblock as an introduction. Rests have been indicated in the voices as they are in the keyboard version of the works Some of the rhythmic notation particularly with regards to the use of rests is ambiguous. Logic and rules do not universally apply. What tends to be in place is what is good for the eye. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills, good intonation , ensemble playing and particularly exploring the ranges of instruments. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with Bach’s contrapuntal writing namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, stretto. In these works the closely related keys of the dominant, sub-dominant, relative minor are explored The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that players need to be clear in their intention as far as the articulation of the lines and the dynamics. Whilst a movement that needs to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness of intention in the playing approach. Baroque scores generally have minimal score detail in place. The movement end with a major chord in what is referred to as a Picardy third. PlentyMusic arrangements provides music practice opportunities & experiences to instrumentalists of playing along with other instruments preparing the way for quality ensemble playing. Close

Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 arr. clarinet trio (2 clarinets in B flat & bass clarinet)

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for 2 clarinets in B flat & bass clarinet. If an Eb clarinet is available this can be used as a subst Show More...

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for 2 clarinets in B flat & bass clarinet. If an Eb clarinet is available this can be used as a substitute for the clarinet in Bb 1. All four parts are available in the pdf download. The realisation playback at 58 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. In the realisation it is the sounds of 2 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet that feature. The clarinet in Eb substitutes for the clarinet in Bb 1 if available. Bass clarinettists may want to consider some octave transpositions to avoid the low notes of this instruments register. In this version ornaments have been omitted. Playing the relevant minor scale in all its forms natural, harmonic and melodic would be excellent preparation for playing this sinfonia. The voice leading in this sinfonia is not altogether straightforward and players will need to pay attention to the accidentals in the score possibly adding reminders if required. Conflicting accidentals often appear in different voices in the same bar. A sinfonia that features arpeggios and scale runs with the rhythmic shapes in the lines having a strong repetitive element. The note values given in Bach’s Sinfonias often give an indication of intended articulations that are intended. Players should be aiming for a singing legato in their playing. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the patterns of 3 in the 12/8 time signature. (4 x 3 to the bar). Accompaniments are in place playing at 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They feature the clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet sounding voices 2 & 3 of Bach’s composition. There is a one bar click track sounding on the woodblock as an introduction. Rests have been indicated in the voices as they are in the keyboard version of the works Some of the rhythmic notation particularly with regards to the use of rests is ambiguous. Logic and rules do not universally apply. What tends to be in place is what is good for the eye. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills, good intonation and ensemble playing. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with Bach’s contrapuntal writing namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, stretto. In these works the closely related keys of the dominant, sub-dominant, relative minor are explored The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that players need to be clear in their intention as far as the articulation of the lines and the dynamics. Whilst a movement that needs to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness of intention in the playing approach. PlentyMusic arrangements provides music practice opportunities & experiences to instrumentalists of playing along with other instruments preparing the way for quality ensemble playing. Close

Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 arr. flute & piano

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for flute & piano. The flautist plays the highest voice in the arrangement whilst the accompanying pi Show More...

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for flute & piano. The flautist plays the highest voice in the arrangement whilst the accompanying piano part sounds voices 2 & 3. The realisation playback at 60 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. In this version ornaments have been omitted. Playing the relevant minor scale in all its forms natural, harmonic and melodic would be excellent preparation for playing this sinfonia. Find scales in the free scores drop down menu on the website home page. The voice leading in this sinfonia is not altogether straightforward and players will need to pay attention to the accidentals in the score possibly adding reminders if required. Conflicting accidentals often appear in different voices in the same bar. A sinfonia that features arpeggios and scale runs with the rhythmic shapes in the lines having a strong repetitive element. The note values given in Bach’s Sinfonias often give an indication of intended articulations that are intended. Players should be aiming for a singing legato in their playing. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the patterns of 3 in the 12/8 time signature (4x3 to the bar). Accompaniments are in place playing at 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They feature the piano sounding voices 2 & 3 of the arrangement enabling the flautist to enjoy ensemble music as part of routine practice. There is a one bar click track sounding on the woodblock as an intro on the mp3 tracks. It is important to keep to the written note durations. There are also some ambiguities in the voicing in the score that reference that the sinfonias were composed for an instrument with more than one keyboard – the harpsichord. Rests have been indicated in the voices as they are in the keyboard version of the works Some of the rhythmic notation particularly with regards to the use of rests is ambiguous. Logic and rules do not universally apply. What tends to be in place is what is good for the eye. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills and good intonation in an ensemble playing context. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with Bach’s contrapuntal writing namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. In these works the closely related keys of the dominant, sub- dominant, relative minor are explored The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that players need to be clear in their intention as far as the articulation of the lines and the dynamics. Whilst a movement that needs to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness of intention in the playing approach. PlentyMusic arrangements provides music practice opportunities & experiences to instrumentalists of playing along with other instruments preparing the way for quality ensemble playing. Close

Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. The clarinettist plays the middle voice in the arrangement whilst the acc Show More...

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. The clarinettist plays the middle voice in the arrangement whilst the accompanying piano part sounds voices 1 & 3. The realisation playback at 60 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. In this version ornaments have been omitted. Playing the relevant minor scale in all its forms natural, harmonic and melodic would be excellent preparation for playing this sinfonia. Find scales in the free scores drop down menu on the website home page. The voice leading in this sinfonia is not altogether straightforward and players will need to pay attention to the accidentals in the score possibly adding reminders if required. Conflicting accidentals often appear in different voices in the same bar. A sinfonia that features arpeggios and scale runs with the rhythmic shapes in the lines having a strong repetitive element. The note values given in Bach’s Sinfonias often give an indication of intended articulations that are intended. Players should be aiming for a singing legato in their playing. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the patterns of 3 in the 12/8 time signature (4x3 to the bar). Accompaniments are in place playing at 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They feature the piano sounding voices 1 & 3 of the arrangementenabling the electric guitar 1 player to enjoy ensemble music as part of routine practice. There is a one bar click track sounding on the woodblock as an intro on the mp3 tracks. It is important to keep to the written note durations. There are also some ambiguities in the voicing in the score that reference that the sinfonias were composed for an instrument with more than one keyboard – the harpsichord. Rests have been indicated in the voices as they are in the keyboard version of the works Some of the rhythmic notation particularly with regards to the use of rests is ambiguous. Logic and rules do not universally apply. What tends to be in place is what is good for the eye. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills and good intonation in an ensemble playing context. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with Bach’s contrapuntal writing namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. In these works the closely related keys of the dominant, sub- dominant, relative minor are explored The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that players need to be clear in their intention as far as the articulation of the lines and the dynamics. Whilst a movement that needs to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness of intention in the playing approach. PlentyMusic arrangements provides music practice opportunities & experiences to instrumentalists of playing along with other instruments preparing the way for quality ensemble playing. Close

Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 arr. 2 electric guitars & 4-string bass guitar

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for 2 electric guitars & 4-string bass guitar. In the pdf download the attached parts have both notat Show More...

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for 2 electric guitars & 4-string bass guitar. In the pdf download the attached parts have both notated & TAB scores for guitar players. In the arrangement the music has been transposed to the key of E minor with the full range of the instruments explored. The TAB scores attached are a fairly literal interpretation of the note positions and guitarists well may feel that the suggestions can be improved. For those who can provide a better option please send an updated TAB chart to PlentyMusic and we will upload it with an acknowledgement. The realisation playback at 60 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Remember that good music performances come from good preparation. In this version ornaments have been omitted. Playing the E minor scale in all its forms natural, harmonic and melodic would be excellent preparation for playing this sinfonia. Find scales in the free scores drop down menu on the website home page. The voice leading in this sinfonia is not altogether straightforward and players will need to pay attention to the accidentals in the score possibly adding reminders if required. Conflicting accidentals often appear in different voices in the same bar. A sinfonia that features arpeggios and scale runs with the rhythmic shapes in the lines having a strong repetitive element. The note values given in Bach’s Sinfonias often give an indication of intended articulations that are intended. Players should be aiming for a singing legato in their playing. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the patterns of 3 in the 12/8 time signature (4x3 to the bar). Accompaniments are in place playing at 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They feature the sound of the electric guitar 2 & 4-string bass enabling the electric guitar 1 player to enjoy ensemble music as part of routine practice. There is a one bar click track sounding on the woodblock as an intro on the mp3 tracks. It is important to keep to the written note durations. There are also some ambiguities in the voicing in the score that reference that the sinfonias were composed for an instrument with more than one keyboard – the harpsichord. Rests have been indicated in the voices as they are in the keyboard version of the works Some of the rhythmic notation particularly with regards to the use of rests is ambiguous. Logic and rules do not universally apply. What tends to be in place is what is good for the eye. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills and good intonation in an ensemble playing context. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with Bach’s contrapuntal writing namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. In these works the closely related keys of the dominant, sub- dominant, relative minor are explored The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that players need to be clear in their intention as far as the articulation of the lines and the dynamics. Whilst a movement that needs to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness of intention in the playing approach. PlentyMusic arrangements provides music practice opportunities & experiences to instrumentalists of playing along with other instruments preparing the way for quality ensemble playing. Close

Galop | Can-Can arr. wind quintet

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable m Show More...

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable melody. This is a genuine performance piece to be enjoyed by both instrumentalists and audiences alike. It is very evident that Jacques Offenbach had a real gift and sense of melody and fun in making music. Not necessarily favoured by the music critics of the time, much of his music has nevertheless remained in the repertoire. Nietzsche & Zola also commented on his operettas for those who want to discover more about the ambivalence of his status. Wind Quintet players will need to pay attention to the range of articulations and dynamics needed in a performance. Repeat signs are in place in the score whilst the realisation plays back at 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the introductory first section and 132 quarter (crotchet) note beats in the second. Accompaniments are also in place enabling flautists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their practice routines. There is a 4 bar click track at the beginning of each accompaniment sounding on the woodblock. There are additional clicks in the opening section to help the development of ensemble playing. Repeats are in place and should be played to maintain the symmetry and shape of the piece. As unmistakenly music intended for dancing there is a regular phrase structure in the second section and repetition is a strong feature of the composing process. There is an opening 23 bar section marked Allegro succeeded by a faster section which has an A B C A A + Coda structure with a 2 bar link between sections B & C. “Le Galop” is often referred to as the “Can-Can” and was first performed in 1858 causing a bit of a stir because of its risqué nature though more in the visual rather than musical sense. Le Galop is from Act 2 of Offenbach’s operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld.” The can-can dance become associated with the Parisian cabarets of the Moulin Rouge and Folies Bergère. The easily remembered tune became associated with the high kicking female can-can dancers of the day. Jacques Offenbach (1819 – 1880) whilst German born is considered to be a French composer known for the lighter side of opera referred to as operetta. Many of his works are still staged and he was an important influence on later composers of the genre. In his early days he earned his living as a cellist & conductor before producing his first full length operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld” in 1858. His final work “The Tales of Hoffmann” was incomplete at the time of his death. Close

Galop | Can-Can arr. string quintet

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable m Show More...

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable melody. This is a genuine performance piece to be enjoyed by both instrumentalists and audiences alike. It is very evident that Jacques Offenbach had a real gift and sense of melody and fun in making music. Not necessarily favoured by the music critics of the time, much of his music has nevertheless remained in the repertoire. Nietzsche & Zola also commented on his operettas for those who want to discover more about the ambivalence of his status. String players will need to pay attention to the range of articulations and dynamics needed in a performance. Repeat signs are in place in the score whilst the realisation plays back at 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the introductory first section and 132 quarter (crotchet) note beats in the second. Effectively string quartet accompaniments are also in place enabling violin 1 players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their practice routines. There is a 4 bar click track at the beginning of each accompaniment sounding on the woodblock. If clicks are required during the silent sections please advise the PlentyMusic office and some additional backing tracks will be added. Repeats are in place and should be played to maintain the symmetry and shape of the piece. As unmistakenly music intended for dancing there is a regular phrase structure in the second section and repetition is a strong feature of the composing process. There is an opening 23 bar section marked Allegro succeeded by a faster section which has an A B C A A + Coda structure with a 2 bar link between sections B & C. “Le Galop” is often referred to as the “Can-Can” and was first performed in 1858 causing a bit of a stir because of its risqué nature though more in the visual rather than musical sense. Le Galop is from Act 2 of Offenbach’s operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld.” The can-can dance become associated with the Parisian cabarets of the Moulin Rouge and Folies Bergère. The easily remembered tune became associated with the high kicking female can-can dancers of the day. Jacques Offenbach (1819 – 1880) whilst German born is considered to be a French composer known for the lighter side of opera referred to as operetta. Many of his works are still staged and he was an important influence on later composers of the genre. In his early days he earned his living as a cellist & conductor before producing his first full length operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld” in 1858. His final work “The Tales of Hoffmann” was incomplete at the time of his death. Close

Galop | Can-Can arr. clarinet quintet

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable m Show More...

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable melody. This is a genuine performance piece to be enjoyed by both instrumentalists and audiences alike. It is very evident that Jacques Offenbach had a real gift and sense of melody and fun in making music. Not necessarily favoured by the music critics of the time, much of his music has nevertheless remained in the repertoire. Nietzsche & Zola also commented on his operettas for those who want to discover more about the ambivalence of his status. Clarinettists will need to pay attention to the range of articulations and dynamics needed in a performance. Repeat signs are in place in the score whilst the realisation plays back at 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the introductory first section and 132 quarter (crotchet) note beats in the second. Clarinet accompaniments are also in place enabling clarinettists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of practice routines. There is a 4 bar click track at the beginning of each accompaniment sounding on the woodblock. If a clicks are required during the silent sections please advise the PlentyMusic office and these will be added. Repeats are in place and should be played to maintain the symmetry and shape of the piece. As unmistakenly music intended for dancing there is a regular phrase structure in the second section and repetition is a strong feature of the composing process. There is an opening 23 bar section marked Allegro succeeded by a faster section which has an A B C A A + Coda structure with a 2 bar link between sections B & C. “Le Galop” is often referred to as the “Can-Can” and was first performed in 1858 causing a bit of a stir because of its risqué nature though more in the visual rather than musical sense. Le Galop is from Act 2 of Offenbach’s operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld.” The can-can dance become associated with the Parisian cabarets of the Moulin Rouge and Folies Bergère. The easily remembered tune became associated with the high kicking female can-can dancers of the day. Jacques Offenbach (1819 – 1880) whilst German born is considered to be a French composer known for the lighter side of opera referred to as operetta. Many of his works are still staged and he was an important influence on later composers of the genre. In his early days he earned his living as a cellist & conductor before producing his first full length operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld” in 1858. His final work “The Tales of Hoffmann” was incomplete at the time of his death. Close

Galop | Can-Can arr. flute & classical guitar

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable m Show More...

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable melody. This is a genuine performance piece to be enjoyed by both instrumentalists and audiences alike. It is very evident that Jacques Offenbach had a real gift and sense of melody and fun in making music. Not necessarily favoured by the music critics of the time, nevertheless much of his music has remained in the repertoire. Nietzsche & Zola also commented on his operettas for those who want to discover more about the ambivalence of his status. Flautists will need to pay attention to the range of articulations and dynamics needed in a performance. Repeat signs are in place in the score and guitarists will note that their part is played in first position. The guitar can either be any acoustic model possibly classical with nylon strings or a more folk style steel strung instrument. The guitar part is notated in staff notation with chord charts in place where appropriate. The realisation plays back at 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the introductory first section and 132 quarter (crotchet) note beats in the second. Guitar accompaniments are also in place enabling flautists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of practice routines. Repeats are in place and should be played to maintain the symmetry and shape of the piece. As unmistakenly music intended for dancing there is a regular phrase structure in the second section and repetition is a strong feature of the composing process. There is an opening 23 bar section marked Allegro succeeded by a faster section which has an A B C A A + Coda structure with a 2 bar link between sections B & C. “Le Galop” is often referred to as the “Can-Can” and was first performed in 1858 causing a bit of a stir because of its risqué nature though more in the visual rather than musical sense. Le Galop is from Act 2 of Offenbach’s operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld.” The can-can dance become associated with the Parisian cabarets of the Moulin Rouge and Folies Bergère. The easily remembered tune became associated with the high kicking female can-can dancers of the day. Jacques Offenbach (1819 – 1880) whilst German born is considered to be a French composer known for the lighter side of opera referred to as operetta. Many of his works are still staged and he was an important influence on later composers of the genre. In his early days he earned his living as a cellist & conductor before producing his first full length operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld” in 1858. His final work “The Tales of Hoffmann’ was incomplete at the time of his death. Close

Galop | Can-Can arr. clarinet in A & piano

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable m Show More...

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable melody. This is a genuine performance piece to be enjoyed by both instrumentalists and audiences involved. It is very evident that Jacques Offenbach had a real gift and sense of melody and fun in music. Not necessarily favoured by the music critics of the time nevertheless much of his music has managed to remain in the repertoire. Nietzsche & Zola also commented on his operettas for those who want to discover more about the ambivalence of his status. Clarinettists will need to pay attention to the range of articulations and dynamics needed in a performance. Repeat signs are in place in the score and pianists will no doubt make use of the sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The realisation plays back at 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the introductory first section and 132 quarter (crotchet) note beats in the second. A clarinet in A part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are in place enabling clarinettists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of practice routines. Repeats are in place. As unmistakenly music intended for dancing there is a regular phrase structure in the second section and repetition is a strong feature of the composing process. There is an opening 23 bar section marked Allegro succeeded by a faster section which has an A B C A A + Coda structure with a 2 bar link between sections B & C. “Le Galop” is often referred to as the “Can-Can” and was first performed in 1858 causing a bit of a stir because of its risqué nature though more in the visual rather than musical sense. Le Galop is from Act 2 of Offenbach’s operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld.” The can-can dance become associated with the Parisian cabarets of the Moulin Rouge and Folies Bergère. The easily remembered tune became associated with the high kicking female can-can dancers of the day. Jacques Offenbach (1819 – 1880) whilst German born is considered to be a French composer known for the lighter side of opera referred to as operetta. Many of his works are still staged and he was an important influence on later composers of the genre. In his early days he earned his living as a cellist & conductor before producing his first full length operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld” in 1858. His final work “The Tales of Hoffmann’ was incomplete at the time of his death. Close

Galop (Can-Can) arr. flute & piano

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable m Show More...

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable melody. This is a genuine performance piece to be enjoyed by both instrumentalists and audiences involved. It is very evident that Jacques Offenbach had a real gift and sense of melody and fun in music. Not necessarily favoured by the music critics of the time nevertheless much of his music has managed to remain in the repertoire. Nietzsche & Zola also commented on his operettas for those who want to discover more about the ambivalence of his status. Flautists will need to pay attention to the range of articulations and dynamics needed in a performance. Repeat signs are in place in the score and pianists will no doubt make use of the sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The realisation plays back at 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the introductory first section and 132 quarter (crotchet) note beats in the second. A flute part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are in place enabling flautists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of practice routines. Repeats are in place As unmistakenly music intended for dancing there is a regular phrase structure in the second section and repetition is a strong feature of the composing process. There is an opening 23 bar section marked Allegro succeeded by a faster section which has an A B C A A + Coda structure with a 2 bar link between sections B & C. “Le Galop” is often referred to as the “Can-Can” and was first performed in 1858 causing a bit of a stir because of its risqué nature though more in the visual rather than musical sense. Le Galop is from Act 2 of Offenbach’s operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld.” The can-can dance become associated with the Parisian cabarets of the Moulin Rouge and Folies Bergère. The easily remembered tune became associated with the high kicking female can-can dancers of the day. Jacques Offenbach (1819 – 1880) whilst German born is considered to be a French composer known for the lighter side of opera referred to as operetta. Many of his works are still staged and he was an important influence on later composers of the genre. In his early days he earned his living as a cellist & conductor before producing his first full length operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld” in 1858. His final work “The Tales of Hoffmann’ was incomplete at the time of his death. Close

The Cuckoo | Le Coucou

The Cuckoo (Le Coucou) is an intermediate level keyboard piece dating from 1735 in which the call of the cuckoo is imitated. In some ways this makes i Show More...

The Cuckoo (Le Coucou) is an intermediate level keyboard piece dating from 1735 in which the call of the cuckoo is imitated. In some ways this makes it an early example of programme music. Whilst originally intended and played on a harpsichord it is often played on the piano. The realisation plays back at 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute. The score detail in place is appropriate for the music to played on a piano or keyboard. If opportunities arise do play it on the organ. Keyboard players need to approach this work with a lightness in their touch and keep their fingers as close as possible to the keys.The tempo needs to be constant possibly with a slight slowing down at the cadence points. The ornamental notes are probably best omitted while the piece is first being studied. The ornamentation in baroque keyboard music is a specialist subject in itself and the suggestions in the sheet music download are intended to encourage a practical, consistent and above all rhythmic approach. Louis Claude Daquin was a French composer and famous as an organist and harpsichordist living and working in Paris. He is particularly associated with the baroque and style galant contexts in music history. The rondeau form involves a principal theme or refrain alternating with sections known as episodes or couplets. ABACA would accurately reflect the form of the work although the phrase structure is irregular. The A sections are 23 bars long, B is 19 bars and C as much as 27 bars. The rondeau form was particularly popular with French baroque composers especially Lully, F. Couperin & Rameau. Close

Espana Cani | Spanish Gypsy Dance | Paso Doble arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar Show More...

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar pieces of the Spanish repertoire. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note beats per minute and the tempo in the arrangement is constant. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 104, 108, 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. The melody has some tricky rhythmic patterns and shapes to play and triplets are an additional challenge. The small decorative / ornamental notes do not sound in the realisation. The solo melody doesn’t appear until bar 18 so the build up to this moment is intense particularly with the long crescendo. As there are no percussion in the scoring the arranger has omitted the tremolos from 73 – 78 doubling the clarinet melody with the piano accompaniment. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the music is nevertheless concise, dramatic and full of musical ideas and references to the Spanish idiom and style. A work in two sections in different keys The second section has an appealing syncopated melody. The solo line played by the clarinet needs to be played with confidence and accuracy. It is also an excellent test as an ensemble piece requiring good communication between the soloist & accompanist. The solo part is quite challenging to play and needs to be learnt methodically most probably with some counting involved. Playing the melody at a slow tempo in the early stages of learning the piece is probably a sensible approach. The articulation markings featured in the score include the use of staccato, accents, marcato and legato playing. Performances need to demonstrate control of the range of dynamics that feature in the writing from the quietest to the loudest sound. This movement will need to be prepared thoroughly for a performance because of its familiarity. It is probably the most instantly recognisable piece of Spanish music ever composed! A great movement for both the player and the listener for its dramatic and musical qualities. The composition it dates from 1923 and was recorded as early as 1926. There are many excellent arrangements of this music available for many instrument combinations. Spanish music is imbued with the sound of the phrygian mode which features particulary in the first section D Eb F G A Bb C D. In the phyrgian mode as it is described the scale structure is s/t T T T s/t T T (s/t = semitone & T = Tone) The composer Pascual Marquina Narro was a prolific Spanish composer of orchestral and operatic music. Pascual Marquina As a composer of distinctly Spanish music he is readily identified with the musical movement known as nationalism. The suggested tempo range for a paso doble when danced is between 116 and 124 beats per minute. It can be best described as a fast Latin dance with a strong march like rhythm. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. piano solo

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arranged for piano solo. This is an intermediate level #piano solo. #sheetmusic link: Show More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arranged for piano solo. This is an intermediate level #piano solo. #sheetmusic link: coming soon Great composers are well represented in sheet music editions both from the past and in the contemporary sense with academic and well researched modern editions. This is not the case with great pieces by possibly those not being recognised as great composers. Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain is a work that falls in this category Use the signing up free credit facility to download the score. Improve music reading and performing skills by using PlentyMusic pdf sheet music & mp3 accompaniment downloads. Learn how easy it is to download PlentyMusic pdf & mp3 files from our website and make use of the user dashboard. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical of Spanish music This a playable version of the Serenata Española although the arrangement does need to be evaluated and PlentyMusic would value feedback from pianists trying out this arrangement. It is possible that there are better octave options in the parts that could be explored. animando used in the score implies an increase in tempo and has been placed above the stave as a score marking There are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as an important trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe started to appear in concert programmes. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests many images of the country. There is also much figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. Close

Chanson Triste arr. flute, acoustic guitar & bass (swing style)

guitar & bass. If guitar and bass players require a TAB score please download the other version of this score. Download the sheetmusic and an accompa Show More...

guitar & bass. If guitar and bass players require a TAB score please download the other version of this score. Download the sheetmusic and an accompaniment or two by using the free credit given when signing up to PlentyMusic. Swing style accompaniments featuring the acoustic guitar & bass are available playing at 94, 96, 98, 100, 102 & 104 quarter note (crotchet ) beats per minute giving the flautist opportunity to practice in an ensemble context as part of practice routines Music leaders and music students should become familiar with the PlentyMusic integrated instrumental music teaching programme whereby a large number of instruments can share repertoire and practice strategies. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score. The music editor envisages a crossover approach when playing this arrangement possibly combining electric and acoustic instruments. Tchaikovsky composed many beautiful melodies and was a master of harmony often presenting music melancholy in mood. PlentyMusic uses music software to produce pdf and mp3 resources that improve music practice routines. The PlentyMusic integrated instrument teaching programme provides a management structure and pathways to music performance. The PlentyMusic classical sheet music realisation and sheet music video plays back at 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In a playing context a slower tempo can be considered. In the arrangement there are a number of octave transpositions in the bass part. In the guitar part 4 notes for each chord generally sound in the realisation although the chord symbols in place may indicate/suggest more than 4 notes to be played. The chords suggested are generally in first position and there is some flexibility as to the number of notes that can be sounded. Chords are described referencing the bass note that is played although it may not be a note actually being played by the guitarist. For the guitarist and bass guitarist TAB scores are also in place. In the middle section the guitarist is required musical lines and so the chord notation has been omitted. One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano this arrangement for flute, guitar & bass is in the key of A minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a broad range of dynamics. Playing the A minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms in a swing style would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. Close

Chanson Triste arr. flute, acoustic guitar & bass

Tchaikovsky’s Chanson Triste arranged for flute, acoustic guitar & bass. Accompaniments featuring the acoustic guitar & bass are available playing a Show More...

Tchaikovsky’s Chanson Triste arranged for flute, acoustic guitar & bass. Accompaniments featuring the acoustic guitar & bass are available playing at 94, 96, 98, 100, 102 & 104 quarter note (crotchet ) beats per minute giving the flautist opportunity to practice in an ensemble context as part of practice routines Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score. The music editor envisages a crossover approach when playing this arrangement possibly combining electric and acoustic instruments. Tchaikovsky composed many beautiful melodies and was a master of harmony often presenting music melancholy in mood. The arrangement can also be played in a swing style. Listen to this option on the website. The realisation plays back at 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In a playing context a slower tempo can be considered. In the arrangement there are a number of octave transpositions in the bass part. In the guitar part 4 notes generally sound in the realisation although the chord symbols in place may indicate/suggest more than 4 notes to be played. The chords suggested are generally in first position and there is some flexibility as to the number of notes that can be sounded. Chords are described referencing the bass note that is played although it may not be a note actually being played by the guitarist. TAB scores are also in place. In the middle section the guitarist is required musical lines and so the chord notation has been omitted. One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano this arrangement for flute, guitar & bass is in the key of A minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a broad range of dynamics. Playing the A minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. Close

Chanson Triste arr. organ

Tchaikovsky’s ChansonTriste arranged for organ with pedals now available as a download. The organ realisation plays back at 100 quarter note (crotch Show More...

Tchaikovsky’s ChansonTriste arranged for organ with pedals now available as a download. The organ realisation plays back at 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In a playing context a slower tempo can be considered. In the arrangement there are a number of octave transpositions (upwards) in the pedal bass part and just a small number of voicing changes to the inner parts. One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano this arrangement for organ with pedals is in the original key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a broad range of dynamics. Playing the G minor in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. There are almost hymn like characteristics in some of the chordal sections of this work reflecting the wonderful chordal writing of the composer’s vocal works. Whilst there are transpositions of his orchestral works for organ there are is no music specifically composed for organ. Close

Chanson Triste arr. clarinet quintet

Tchaikovsky’s Chanson Triste arranged for clarinet quintet comprising 5 x Bb clarinets and bass clarinet. An Eb clarinet can be used to play the cla Show More...

Tchaikovsky’s Chanson Triste arranged for clarinet quintet comprising 5 x Bb clarinets and bass clarinet. An Eb clarinet can be used to play the clarinet in Bb 1 part. The clarinet quintet realisation plays back at 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute This is a 5 part arrangement with the option of substituting a clarinet in Eb for the Clarinet in Bb 1 part. Individual parts for the clarinet players are appended to the full score in the pdf download. Accompaniments are in place to provide opportunity for the clarinet in Eb or clarinet in Bb 1 player to practice in an ensemble context. They playback at 96, 98,100, 102 & 104 quarter note or crotchet bpm. In the arrangement there are a number of octave transpositions (upwards) in the bass clarinet part. For instrumentalists this is an excellent piece for improving intonation (aka playing in tune) in an ensemble context. The clarinet is a great ensemble instrument whatever the playing level . The music editor does feel sorry for the status of clarinet 4 because the number 4 doesn’t suggest the difficulty of the part in the arrangement as far as exploring the lower pitch range of the clarinet. One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for clarinet quintet in the original key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a broad range of dynamics. Playing the A minor scale (sounding in G minor) in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. Close

Allegro (from Prelude, Fugue & Allegro BWV 998) | piano solo

The allegro is in binary form AB. The repeats are not played in the realisation. A brisk movement that needs to be played with a sense of there being Show More...

The allegro is in binary form AB. The repeats are not played in the realisation. A brisk movement that needs to be played with a sense of there being one beat in the bar. The realisation plays back at 68 bpm with the one in a bar beat being a dotted quarter note or crotchet Equal temperament tuning allowed Bach and others to discover and pursue new key options in their exploration of the cycle of fifths. As a brisk movement fingers need to be kept near the keys and the choice of fingers needs to be secure. The edited sheet music score with suggested fingering in place is a snapshot of how the music editor approached the playing of the work. A plain score is appended to the edited sheet music score. A legato touch needs to be demonstrated in the top line which has much diatonic step wise movement . There is opportunity to explore contrasting dynamics a reflection that this piece was originally intended to be played on the harpsichord. Ornamenation does not feature in this arrangement and the two main cadences feature at the end of the A section (bar 36) and at the end of the B section (bar 96). Remember that Bach’s music needs to be played with the clearest of intentions. The music editor favours a dry acoustic performing Bach’s music with minimal use of the sustaining pedal. Close

Chanson Triste arr. cello & piano

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for cello & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G minor Show More...

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for cello & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. The realisation plays back at 92 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 84, 88, 92, 96,100 &104 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A cello part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. Accompanying pianists need to make appropriate use of the sustaining pedal although it is not indicated in the sheet music download. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a range of dynamics. Tchaikovsky tends to indicate a full range of dynamics in his writing. There is a chromatic element in the harmonic writing particularly in the A section. Playing the G minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. There are 12 piano pieces in the Opus 40 collection. They can be essentially be described as salon music which is music composed intended for home use in the 19th century drawing room possibly with a small audience in attendance. Close

Chanson Triste arr. violin & piano

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for violin & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G mino Show More...

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for violin & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. The realisation plays back at 92 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 84, 88, 92, 96,100 &104 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A violin part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. Accompanying pianists need to make appropriate use of the sustaining pedal although it is not indicated in the sheet music download. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a range of dynamics. Tchaikovsky tends to indicate a full range of dynamics in his writing. There is a chromatic element in the harmonic writing particularly in the A section. Playing the G minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. There are 12 piano pieces in the Opus 40 collection. They can be essentially be described as salon music which is music composed intended for home use in the 19th century drawing room possibly with a small audience in attendance. Close

Chanson Triste (Sad Song)

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular piano pieces composed in 1878 and in the key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melanc Show More...

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular piano pieces composed in 1878 and in the key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. Pianists need to make appropriate use of the sustaining pedal although it is not indicated in the sheet music pdf. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a range of dynamics. Tchaikovsky tends to make use of the full range of the piano in his writing. There is a chromatic element in the harmonic writing particularly in the A section. Playing the G minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. Listen to Sviatoslav Richter’s and others playing of this piece to gain an insight in how it is should be performed. There is much detail in the writing There are 12 piano pieces in the Opus 40 collection. Close

Invention 2 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo

Improve music practice routines playing J.S. Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 sounding in the key of C minor in an arrangement for soprano & tenor saxopho Show More...

Improve music practice routines playing J.S. Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 sounding in the key of C minor in an arrangement for soprano & tenor saxophone duo. The Bach Inventions as duos offer excellent practice & performance opportunities This is a melodic two part invention with ornaments in place that needs to be played with both feeling and sensitivity. The full score appropriately transposed has appended soprano & tenor saxophone parts. The realisation plays back at 52 bpm The pdf sheet music download and play-a-long mp3 accompaniments are available to download from PlentyMusic. Playing the Bach Inventions as part of a duo encourages good intonation, that is, playing in tune, in duet playing. Legato playing is required when performing this invention in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. There are some octave transposition in the tenor saxophone needed to keep to the instrument’s range. Bach composed much music as a teacher with the performing and teaching context often relating to his own children. Four of his sons became important composers relevant in music history because they link the baroque era with the classical. The inventions offer excellent opportunities to instrumentalists to improve their ensemble playing skill set and develop an understanding of baroque compositional processes. The inventions are uncompromising in the demands they place on performers requiring accuracy technique and concentrated listening. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound in the realisation or accompaniments. Those wishing to know how the ornaments are played should refer to the piano video score on the YouTube channel. In this the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. Accompaniments are in place allowing saxophonists to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The soprano saxophone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the tenor saxophone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Accompaniments are available with and without ornaments in place. Understand that ornaments can be interpreted differently and that performance practice is both an evolving and often reviewed subject. The music editor avoids ornaments ocurring in different voices at the same time. How ornaments are played at cadences in particular is a fascinating subject in the baroque era. Frequently players embrace an element of improvisation in their playing. The best advice is to listen to the performances and learn to discriminate as a performer between good practice and bad practice. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Levels when they are played on different instruments may be different. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system established in Bach’s own time. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution and other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 2 arr. violin & cello

Improve music practice routines playing J.S. Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 arr. violin & cello duo in the key of C minor. The Bach Inventions performe Show More...

Improve music practice routines playing J.S. Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 arr. violin & cello duo in the key of C minor. The Bach Inventions performed as duos offer excellent practice & performance opportunities. The realisation video plays back at 50bpm. This is a melodic two part invention with ornaments in place that needs to be played with feeling and sensitivity. pdf sheet music download and play-a-long mp3 accompaniments are available to download from PlentyMusic. Playing the Bach Inventions as part of a duo encourages good intonation, that is, playing in tune, in duet playing. Legato playing is required when performing this invention in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. This is music that requires both method and determination in the way that it is approached. Bach composed much music as a teacher with the performing and teaching context often relating to his own children. Four of his sons became important composers relevant in music history because they link the baroque era with the classical. The inventions offer excellent opportunities to instrumentalists to improve their ensemble playing skill set and develop an understanding of baroque compositional processes. The inventions are uncompromising in the demands they place on performers requiring accuracy technique and concentrated listening. Playing the relevant C minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are both indicated and sound in the realisation. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the cello on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60 & 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. They are available with and without ornaments in place In the keyboard video score, which string players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation representing exactly what is being played. Understand that ornaments can be interpreted differently and that performance practice is both evolving and often reviewed. How ornaments are played at cadences in particular is a fascinating subject in the baroque era. The combination of structure improvisation The best advice is to listen to the performances and learn to discriminate as a performer between good practice and that which is plainly inappropriate and bluntly bad practice. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system established in Bach’s own time. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution and other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 2 arr. oboe & bassoon

Improve music practice routines playing Invention 2 BWV 773 in an arrangement for oboe & bassoon sounding in the original key of C minor The Bach Inve Show More...

Improve music practice routines playing Invention 2 BWV 773 in an arrangement for oboe & bassoon sounding in the original key of C minor The Bach Inventions played as duets offer excellent music practice and performance opportunities. This is a reflective contemplative melodic two part invention with ornaments in place that needs to be played with feeling and sensitivity. Oboe and bassoon parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. The sheet music video plays back at 52 bpm The pdf sheet music download and play-a-long mp3 accompaniments are available to download from PlentyMusic. Playing the Bach Inventions as part of a duo encourages good intonation, that is, playing in tune, in duet playing. Legato playing is required when performing this invention in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. This is music that requires both method and determination in the way that it is approached. Bach composed much music as a teacher with the performing and teaching context often relating to his own children. Four of his sons became important composers relevant in music history because they link the baroque era with the classical. The inventions offer excellent opportunities to instrumentalists to improve their ensemble playing skill set and develop an understanding of baroque compositional processes. The inventions are uncompromising in the demands they place on performers requiring accuracy technique and concentrated listening. In the sheet music score the ornaments are both indicated and sound in the realisation. The music editor has avoided placing ornaments in the two parts at the same time. Accompaniments are in place allowing double reed oboe & bassoon players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The oboe sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bassoon on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Accompaniments are available with and without ornaments in place. In the keyboard video score, which oboe & bassoon may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation representing exactly what is being played. Understand that ornaments can be interpreted differently and that performance practice is both an evolving and often reviewed subject. How ornaments are played at cadences in particular is a fascinating subject in the baroque era. Improvised and often complex cadential phrases are an aspect of performance that feature in performances. The best advice is to listen to the performances and learn to discriminate as a performer between good practice and not so good practice. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Levels when they are played on different instruments may be different. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system established in Bach’s own time. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution and other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 2 arr. French horn (horns in F) duo

Improve music practice routines playing Invention 2 BWV 773 arranged for French horn duo & sounding in the original key of C minor. The Bach Invention Show More...

Improve music practice routines playing Invention 2 BWV 773 arranged for French horn duo & sounding in the original key of C minor. The Bach Inventions as duos offer excellent music practice and performance opportunities. This is a melodic and quite contemplative two part invention and whilst ornaments are indicated in the score they do not sound in the realisation. A movement that needs to be played with feeling and sensitivity. The full score appropriately transposed has individual horn parts appended to the full score. The French horn 1 part is an octave lower than in the original piano version. The realisation plays back at 52 bpm The pdf sheet music download and play-a-long mp3 accompaniments are available to download from PlentyMusic. Playing the Bach Inventions as part of a duo encourages good intonation, that is, playing in tune, in duet playing. Legato playing is required when performing this invention in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. This is music that requires both method and determination in the way that it is approached. There are some octave transpositions in the second horn part in the closing section to keep to the instrument’s range. Bach composed much music as a teacher with the performing and teaching context often relating to his own children. Four of his sons became important composers relevant in music history because they link the baroque era with the classical. The inventions offer excellent opportunities to instrumentalists to improve their ensemble playing skill set and develop an understanding of baroque compositional processes. The inventions are uncompromising in the demands they place on performers requiring accuracy technique and concentrated listening. Accompaniments are in place allowing French horn players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. French horn 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the French horn 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Accompaniments are available with and without ornaments in place. In the keyboard video score, which clarinettists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation representing exactly what is being played. Understand that ornaments can be interpreted differently and that performance practice is both an evolving and often reviewed subject. The music editor has avoided ornaments sounding in different voices at the same time. How ornaments are played at cadences in particular is a fascinating subject in the baroque era. Improvised and often complex cadential phrases are an aspect of performance that feature in performances. The best advice is to listen to the performances and learn to discriminate as a performer between good practice and not so good practice. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Levels when they are played on different instruments may be different. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system established in Bach’s own time. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution and other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 2 arr. clarinet in B flat duo

J. S. Bach’s Invention No. 2 BWV 773 arr. clarinet duo and sounding in the key of C minor offers excellent music practice and performance opportuni Show More...

J. S. Bach’s Invention No. 2 BWV 773 arr. clarinet duo and sounding in the key of C minor offers excellent music practice and performance opportunities. A melodic two part invention with ornaments in place that needs to be played with feeling and sensitivity. The full score appropriately transposed has appended individual clarinet parts. The realisation plays back at 52 bpm Pdf sheet music and play-a-long mp3 accompaniments are available to download. Playing the Bach Inventions as part of a duo encourages good intonation, that is, playing in tune, in duet playing. Legato playing is required when performing this invention in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. This is music that requires both method and determination in the way that it is approached. There are some octave transpositions in the clarinet part in the closing section to keep to the instrument’s range. Bach composed much music as a teacher with the performing and teaching context often relating to his own children. Four of his sons became important composers relevant in music history because they link the baroque era with the classical. The inventions offer excellent opportunities to instrumentalists to improve their ensemble playing skill set and develop an understanding of baroque compositional processes. The inventions are uncompromising in the demands they place on performers requiring accuracy technique and concentrated listening. In the sheet music score the ornaments are both indicated and sound in the realisation. The music editor has avoided placing ornaments in the two parts at the same time. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinettists to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. Clarinet 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the clarinet 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Accompaniments are available with and without ornaments in place. In the keyboard video score, which clarinettists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation representing exactly what is being played. Understand that ornaments can be interpreted differently and that performance practice is both an evolving and often reviewed subject. How ornaments are played at cadences in particular is a fascinating subject in the baroque era. Improvised and often complex cadential phrases are an aspect of performance that feature in performances. The best advice is to listen to the performances and learn to discriminate as a performer between good practice and bad practice. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Levels when they are played on different instruments may be different. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system established in Bach’s own time. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution and other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. electric guitar & bass guitar duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged electric guitar & bass guitar duo in its original key of F minor. A challenging invention to play particula Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged electric guitar & bass guitar duo in its original key of F minor. A challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading point of view. The #sheetmusic video plays back at 58 bpm and the music is presented in both staff notation & TAB. The arrangement is based on the original piano score. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which guitar players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The full score is presented in staff notation and the parts with the option of staff notation and TAB. Bass guitar players may well want to experiment with the octave choices in the higher sounding sections bars 5-7 and elsewhere in the movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing guitarists to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The electric guitar sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bass guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. arr. classical guitar duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for classical guitar duo in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for classical guitar duo in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. The arrangement is based on the original piano score with some necessary octave transpositions in place in the guitar 2 part. Guitarists have the option of reading either from a staff notation or TAB score attached to the full score A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which guitarists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing classical guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Classical guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the classical guitar 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. trumpet in B flat & trombone

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of vi Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. This is an excellent movement to encourage good intonation in duet playing. There are some octave transpositions in the trombone part. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Playing the F minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form slowly would be excellent preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. Both the bass and tenor clefs have been used in the notation of the score. The realisation plays back at 54 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet in Bb sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60 & 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which trombonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution & other processes are evident in Bach’s Inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. alto & baritone saxophone duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor but notated in the key of D minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note re Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor but notated in the key of D minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. The octave range between the parts has been maintained wherever possible but some compromises have been made with octave transpositions in the baritone saxophone part. This is an excellent movement to encourage good intonation, that is playing in tune, in duet playing. An alternative option avoiding the low A is provided for the baritone part in the ossia stave bars 30 – 31. Do feedback to PlentyMusic your opinions on our arrangements and possible improvements that can be made. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Playing the relevant transposed scale in both its melodic and harmonic forms would be the best preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The alto saxophone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the baritone saxophone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which saxophonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. arr. cello duo

J. S. Bach’s Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for cello duo in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading Show More...

J. S. Bach’s Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for cello duo in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make reading errors. The arrangement is based on the original piano score and presents quite challenging intonation (tuning) issues when played as a duet. The cello 1 part sounds an octave lower than in the piano score and is notated in the tenor clef. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which string players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the viola on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. trombone & tuba duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of vi Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. #sheetmusic & accompaniments link: The trombone 1 sounds an octave lower than in the original piano version whilst the tuba part is an octave lower than in the original keyboard version. This is an excellent movement to encourage good intonation (playing in tune) in duet playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo movement. Playing the F minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form slowly would be good preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. Both the bass and tenor clefs have been used in the notation of the trombone part. The #sheetmusic video plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing the brass players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trombone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the tuba on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, & 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which trombonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. trombone duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of vi Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. Trombone 1 sounds an octave lower than in the original piano version and there are some octave transpositions in the trombone 2 part. This is an excellent movement to encourage good intonation in duet playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Playing the F minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form will be good preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. Both the bass and tenor clefs have been used in the notation of the score. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Trombone 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and trombone 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which trombonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. French horn duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for 2 horns in F familiarly referred to as French horns though the instrument’s origins are in Germany. The Invention s Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for 2 horns in F familiarly referred to as French horns though the instrument’s origins are in Germany. The Invention sounds in the key of F minor although accidentals are in place in the notation, not key signatures, as is the convention when arranging music for this instrument. It is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. There are some octave transpositions in the two voices although this remains an excellent movement to encourage good intonation (playing in tune) in duet playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Playing the F minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form would be good preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing horn players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. French horn 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and French horn 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60 & 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which trombonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. oboe & bassoon duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 arr. oboe & bassoon sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading point of Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 arr. oboe & bassoon sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. Listen to performances of the music so that the melodic and shapes are familiar. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing double reed players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The oboe sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bassoon on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which oboe players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. In addition, that he was not sadly. They are excellent pieces for ensemble playing. Close

Invention 9 arr. clarinet in B Flat & bass clarinet duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor, with the score and parts transposed to the key of G minor, is a challenging invention to play part Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor, with the score and parts transposed to the key of G minor, is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. Listen to performances of the music so that the melodic and shapes are familiar. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The clarinet in Bb sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bass clarinet in Bb 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which clarinettists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. In addition, that he was not sadly. They are excellent pieces for ensemble playing. Close

Invention 9 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of vi Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 sounding in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. The octave range between the parts has been maintained wherever possible but some compromises have been made with octave displacements in the tenor saxophone part. This is an excellent movement to encourage good intonation in duet playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Playing the G minor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form will be good preparation for playing this movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The soprano saxophone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the tenor saxophone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which saxophonists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. flute & clarinet in B Flat duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. There are some octave range transpositions in the clarinet part. An excellent movement to encourage good intonation (tuning) and the voice leading / leading note in their playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. Good preparation for playing this movement would be to play the Fminor scale in both its melodic and harmonic form. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing flute and clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The flute sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the clarinet in Bb on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which flute players in this instance might want to reference on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. In addition, that he was not sadly. They are excellent pieces for ensemble playing. Close

Invention 9 arr. arr. violin & viola duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for violin & viola in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for violin & viola in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make reading errors. The arrangement is based on the original piano score and presents quite challenging intonation (tuning) issues. That said an excellent test piece for those who have a good musical ear and need to clarify their understanding of the term voice leading / leading note in their playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which string players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the viola on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. arr. violin & cello duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for violin & cello in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 arranged for violin & cello in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. The arrangement is based on the original piano score and presents quite challenging intonation (tuning) issues. That said an excellent test piece for those who have a good musical ear and need to clarify their understanding of the term voice leading / leading note in their playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which string players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the cello on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. flute duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is easy to make music reading errors. The octave range or more is not so much in evidence in place in this arrangement presenting quite challenging intonation (tuning) issues. That said an excellent test piece for those who have a good musical ear and need to clarify their understanding of the term voice leading / leading note in their playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The ornamentation in place is placed at the important cadence points in the movement. In the keyboard video score, which clarinettists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The #sheetmusic video plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing flute players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Flute 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and flute 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Playing the music of Bach is challenging and his style is demanding and uncompromising in the consistency required to perform it accurately. As a composer Bach is not so much an innovator but one of those who brings all the musical elements of his time together and takes them to an altogether much higher artistic and technical level. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent ensemble movements. Close

Invention 9 arr. clarinet in B Flat duo

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There Show More...

Invention 9 BWV 780 in the key of F minor is a challenging invention to play particularly from the note reading and voice leading point of view. There are many accidentals to read and it is, if you believe the music editor, so easy to make music reading errors. The octave range or more is not in place in this arrangement presenting quite challenging intonation (tuning) issues. That said an excellent test piece for those who have a good musical ear and need to clarify their understanding of the term voice leading / leading note in their playing. A legato playing approach is required in the playing in what is a slow tempo and melancholy movement. In the sheet music score the ornaments are indicated but do not sound. The realisation plays back at 58 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The clarinet in Bb 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the clarinet in Bb 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 54, 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. In the keyboard video score, which clarinettists may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation & diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. In addition, that he was not sadly. They are excellent pieces for ensemble playing. Close

Invention 10 arr. oboe duet

J. S. Bach’s Invention 10 BWV781 in an arrangement for two oboes in the original key of G. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotche Show More...

J. S. Bach’s Invention 10 BWV781 in an arrangement for two oboes in the original key of G. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe 2 part. Whilst score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness in the playing which can be challenging because of the tension it creates. The music editor’s view is that a combination of articulations should feature in a performance with eighth or quaver notes played with a staccato touch and longer notes legato. Certainly a lightness in the playing needs to prevail. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some consideration, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing oboe players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Oboe 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and oboe 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96, 100 and 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. electric guitar & bass guitar duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for electric & bass guitar duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical sha Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for electric & bass guitar duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes based on chords and consequently lends itself to chord playing instruments. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. Whilst score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Guitar players have the option of using either a notated or TAB score. As notes can be played in different positions on the electric and bass guitar fretboards players may well want to review the suggestions given in the PlentyMusic TAB scores. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing guitarists to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The electric guitar sounds on one side of the stereo channel and bass guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. mandolin & classical guitar duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for mandolin & classical guitar in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical sh Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for mandolin & classical guitar in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes based on chords and consequently lends itself to chord playing instruments. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. Whilst score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Both the mandolin and classical guitar players have the option from reading a notatated or TAB score. Other guitars can be substituted for the suggested classical guitar Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing mandolin & guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The mandolin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the classical guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Mandolin music often features tremolo playing and certainly in the long trills there is opportunity to explore this aspect mandolin technique. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. oboe & bassoon duo

J. S. Bach’s Invention 10 BWV781 in an arrangement for oboe & bassoon duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes bas Show More...

J. S. Bach’s Invention 10 BWV781 in an arrangement for oboe & bassoon duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes based on chords and consequently lends itself to chord playing instruments. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. Whilst score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness of touch and can be a challenging to play because of the tension it creates. The music editor’s view is that a combination of articulations should feature in a performance with eighth or quaver notes played with a staccato touch and longer notes legato. Certainly a lightness in the playing needs to prevail. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing oboe and bassoon players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The oboe sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bassoon on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 and 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. classical guitar duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for classical guitar duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes ba Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for classical guitar duo in the original key of G. This Invention features many musical shapes based on chords and consequently lends itself to chord playing instruments. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. Whilst score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing guitarists to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Classical guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and classical guitar 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Contrasting guitar sounds have been used. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. violin & viola duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for violin & viola in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how t Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for violin & viola in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how the players decide to articulate the notes. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. A number of musical shapes based on chords feature strongly in this movement. Score detail is generally not in place on Bach scores although it is necessary for instrumentalists to have a clear intention of how the music is to be played. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness of touch and can be a challenging to play because of the tension it created in the hands and wrist. The music editor’s view is that a combination of articulations should feature in a performance with eighth or quaver notes played with a staccato touch and longer notes legato. Certainly a lightness in the playing needs to prevail. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the viola on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 10 arr. flute duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for flute in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how the players Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for flute in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how the players decide to articulate the notes. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. It is interesting to observe the approaches to playing this movement. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness of touch and can be a challenging to play because of the tension created. The music editor’s view is that a combination of articulations should feature in a performance with eighth or quaver notes played with a staccato touch and longer notes legato. Certainly a lightness in the playing needs to prevail. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember also that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols but do not sound in the playback. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The Inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing flautists players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Flute 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Flute 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 11 arr. trombone & bass trombone

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. trombone & bass trombone duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is st Show More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. trombone & bass trombone duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and memorise. The sounding key is G minor which is the key for the original piano version. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale appropriately transposed in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. In this video score ornaments are not in place. The playback tempo in the arrangement for the trombone & bass trombone is 58 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Each clarinet sounds on one side of the stereo channel with the accompaniment tracks playing back at 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64 and 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 10 arr. violin & cello

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for violin & cello in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how th Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 10 BWV 781 in an arrangement for violin & cello in the original key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how the players decide to articulate the notes. The realisation plays back at 84 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. It is interesting to observe the approaches to playing this movement. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness of touch and can be a challenging to play because of the tension created in the hands and wrist. The music editor’s view is that a combination of articulations should feature in a performance with eighth or quaver notes played with a staccato touch and longer notes legato. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Remember that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! In the video score, ornaments are indicated by symbols and sound in the playback as they should be played. For instrumentalists wishing to incorporate ornamentation into their performances refer to the piano realisation featured on our YouTube channel which has the ornamentation written out exactly as the music editor suggests they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 Ornamentation is an aspect of performance that invites different and frequently contrasting interpretations. Bach’s music belongs to the baroque era and whilst the composer himself was quite clear about the ornaments he used and how they should be played later editors of his music have often added to original intentions. The Inventions are also probably best studied in the first instance without ornaments in place. An additional factor is that the intended instrument on which the Inventions were played, the harpsichord, is one that does not feature sustained sounds. Long notes as such require some sort of addition, hence the need for ornamentation. Another view or approach to ornamentation is that apart from adding to the music they should have a sense of being improvised. The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens the contrast in the parts. Accompaniments are in place allowing violin & cello players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the cello on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92 96 100 104 and 108 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are three dotted quarter or crotchet beats to the bar indicated by the 9/8 time signature. Should more accompaniments be required at either slower or faster tempi please advise the PlentyMusic office. Whilst the ornaments are indicated in the sheet music score they do not sound in the accompaniment scores. For those intending to play the ornaments refer to the piano sheet music video on our YouTube channel. In this score the ornaments have been written out as they should be played. https://youtu.be/xuQK5i2lf44 The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation and diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. oboe & bassoon duo

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for oboe & bassoon duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is stro Show More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for oboe & bassoon duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and memorise. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale at sounding pitch in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. In this video score ornaments are not in place. In the original piano version of the inventions the use of treble and bass clef ensures an interval distance of usually more than an octave. In this arrangement the interval distances are the same. The playback score in the arrangement for oboe & bassoon has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement can be played at both slower and faster tempi. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing oboe & bassoon players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The oboe sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bassoon on the other whilst the accompaniment tracks play back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 11 arr. classical guitar duo

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for classical guitar duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is st Show More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for classical guitar duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to read and memorise. The pdf sheet music download has parts notated in both staff & TAB notation. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale appropriately in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. Ornaments are not in place in this arrangement. The full music score is presented in staff notation and the attached parts are in staff notation and TAB. The guitar is an instrument where the same note can be played on different strings so players may well wish to review the rather literal translation of the notes to TAB. The playback score in this arrangement for classical guitar duo has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing classical guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Classical guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and classical guitar 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as in most music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to the composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. The inventions are quite uncompromising in their demands. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. flute & clarinet in Bb duo

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for flute & clarinet in Bb duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movemen Show More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for flute & clarinet in Bb duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and commit to memory. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale at sounding pitch in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. In this video score ornaments are not in place. In the original piano version of the inventions the use of treble and bass clef ensures an interval distance of usually more than an octave. In this arrangement the music editor has maintained this where it is appropriate but when necessary the clarinet in Bb part has some octave transpositions to keep to the range of the instrument. The playback score in the arrangement for the flute & clarinet in Bb duo has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing flute & clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The flute sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the clarinet on the other whilst the accompaniment tracks play back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is s Show More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and commit to memory. The sounding key is G minor which is the key for the original piano version. The full score and attached parts have been transposed. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale in both its forms at the sounding pitch. In this score ornaments are not in place. The playback score in the arrangement for soprano and tenor saxophones has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Each clarinet sounds on one side of the stereo channel with the accompaniment tracks playing back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 11 arr. electric guitar & bass guitar

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for electric guitar and bass guitar is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the mov Show More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for electric guitar and bass guitar is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to read and commit to memory. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale appropriately transposed in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. The original keyboard version of the 15 Bach Inventions are in 15 different keys and provide excellent examples to familiarisers players with the key system. Ornaments are not in place in this arrangement. The full music score is presented in staff notation and the attached parts are in staff notation and TAB. The guitar is an instrument where the same note can be played on different strings so players may well wish to review the rather literal translation of the notes to TAB. The playback score in the arrangement for the electric guitar and bass guitar has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing electric guitar and bass guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The electric guitar sounds on one side of the stereo channel with the bass guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of the staff notation system. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. clarinet in Bb duo

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for clarinet in Bb duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is str Show More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 arranged for clarinet in Bb duo is a work exploring the minor scale. The chromatic element in the movement is strong and the accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and remember. The best preparation for playing this movement is to play the minor scale appropriately transposed in both its forms slowly until the sound of each is familiar. The movements sounds in the original key of G minor whilst the sheet music parts are appropriately transposed. In this version ornaments do not sound in the realisation or playback score although they are indicated in the sheet music score. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. In the original piano version of the inventions the use of treble and bass clef ensures an interval distance of usually in excess of an octave. In this arrangement the music editor has maintained this where it is appropriate but when necessary the clarinet 2 part has some octave transpositions to keep to the range of the instrument. The playback score in the arrangement for the clarinet in Bb duo has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The suggestion is that the movement can be played both at slower and faster tempo. The inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Clarinet 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Clarinet 2 on the other. Accompaniment tracks play back at 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will suggest an excellent understanding of staff notation. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782 arr. violin & cello

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 is a work exploring the scale of G minor. The chromatic element is strong and the resulting accidentals make this Show More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 is a work exploring the scale of G minor. The chromatic element is strong and the resulting accidentals make this a challenging score to both read and store in the musical mind. The best advice is to play the G minor scale in both forms slowly until the sounds of each is familiar. The playback score in the arrangement for violin and cello has a tempo of 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. It is a movement that can be played both at slower and faster tempos than those suggested. The Inventions are concentrated demanding movements to play in an ensemble context but excellent for encouraging listening skills, good intonation and accurate playing. The movement is probably best learnt without the ornaments in place in the first instance. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing does need to be avoided. The music editor has avoided ornaments occurring in both voices at the same time. Players may well do their own research as far as determining the ornaments to be played in a performance. The music editor’s suggestions are based on current performance practice. Ornaments are applied consistently although there is scope for players to make some additions particularly at important cadence points in movements where the option of more notes in the cadential trill can be explored. This is particularly the case in music played at relative slow tempi. In the video score the ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. This is a useful particularly for those interpreting ornaments for the first time. Note that there are two versions of the video score to view on YouTube. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the cello on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 and 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. One set of accompaniments has ornaments in place and the other doesn’t allowing players some flexibility. This invention provides an excellent opportunity for players to become familiar with the scale of G minor in both its harmonic and melodic minor forms. Instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments to understanding playing approaches. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software and improve their listening skills will find this an excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention from the listening and notation point of view. Accurate notation will also suggest a musical ear is present! Close

Invention No. 14 arr. clarinet in B flat & bass clarinet

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. clarinet in Bb & bass clarinet sounding in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figurati Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. clarinet in Bb & bass clarinet sounding in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. Ornaments are omitted in this movement but make way for some exacting and rhythmic figuration. Players should have an understanding of the phrasing needed before playing. J.S. Bach’s music, is from the baroque era in music history and the convention is that there is minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This said the movement is probably best played with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The clarinet in Bb sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bass clarinet on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 58, 60 and 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are different approaches to playing this invention and instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. Close

Invention 14 arr. bassoon duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. bassoon sounding in the original key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substi Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. bassoon sounding in the original key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. Ornaments are omitted in this movement but make way for some exacting and rhythmic figuration. Players should have an understanding of the phrasing needed before playing. J. S. Bach’s, is from the baroque era in music history and the convention is that there is minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. That said the movement is probably best played with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. Parts appropriately transposed are attached to the full score. In this arrangement the bassoon 1 part has been transposed down an octave so that the two bassoons are essentially an octave closer than in the original piano version. Accompaniments are in place allowing bassoon players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Bassoon 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and bassoon 2 sounds on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are different approaches to playing this invention and instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. clarinet in Bb duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. clarinet in Bb sounding in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitu Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arr. clarinet in Bb sounding in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. Ornaments are omitted in this movement but make way for some exacting and rhythmic figuration. Players should have an understanding of the phrasing needed before playing. J. S. Bach’s, is from the baroque era in music history and the convention is that there is minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This said the movement is probably best played with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. Parts appropriately transposed are attached to the full score. In this arrangement the clarinet in Bb 2 part has been transposed up an octave so that the two clarinets are an octave closer than in the original version. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet in Bb players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Clarinet in Bb 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and clarinet in Bb 2 sounds on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are different approaches to playing this invention and instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. soprano & tenor saxophone duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for soprano and tenor saxophone duo sounding in the original key of F. An excellent movement to improve e Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for soprano and tenor saxophone duo sounding in the original key of F. An excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring saxophone players to listen to each other and be constantly aware of the eighth note or quaver pulse. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. In this arrangement the Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. There are a number of octave transpositions in the tenor saxophone 2 part enabling the part to be kept to the instruments range. Accompaniments are in place allowing alto saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The soprano saxophone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the tenor saxophone 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. tenor saxophone duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for tenor saxophone duo sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a mo Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for tenor saxophone duo sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. This is an excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring saxophone players to both listen to each other and to be constantly aware of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. As the tenor saxophone 2 has been transposed down an octave the two parts are much closer to each other in the octave sense. Indivual parts appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 50 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. There are a number of octave transpositions in the tenor saxophone 2 part enabling the part to be kept to the instruments range. Accompaniments are in place allowing tenor saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Tenor saxophone 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the tenor saxophone 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. alto saxophone duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for alto saxophone duo sounding in the original key of F. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a move Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for alto saxophone duo sounding in the original key of F. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. This is an excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring saxophone players to both listen to each other and to be constantly aware of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. As the alto saxophone 2 has been transposed up an octave the two parts are much closer to each other in the octave sense. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. There are a number of octave transpositions in the alto saxophone 2 part enabling the part to be kept to the instruments range. Accompaniments are in place allowing alto saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. Alto saxophone 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the alto saxophone 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. trumpet in B flat & trombone

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for trumpet in Bb and trombone sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work a Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for trumpet in Bb and trombone sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. This is an excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring brass players to listen to each other. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet in Bb and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet in Bb sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56 and 59 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention14 arr. trombone duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for trombone duo sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for trombone duo sounding in the original key of Bb. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. This is an excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring brass players to listen to each other. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 52 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trombone sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. French horn duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for French horn duo sounding in the key of F. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in whic Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for French horn duo sounding in the key of F. This is a challenging rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. It is an excellent movement to improve ensemble playing and intonation requiring brass players to really listen to each other. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 54 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing French horn players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. French horn 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and French horn 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 59 and 61 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic, augmentation, and diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention No. 14 arr. classical guitar duo

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for classical guitar duo in the original key key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figura Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged for classical guitar duo in the original key key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. The classical guitar is a transposing instruments sounding an octave lower than written. There are some octave transpositions in the classical guitar 2 part to keep to the range of the instrument. Guitarists have the choice of reading a notated or TAB score. TAB scores have a useful function because they locate the position of the notes on the fretboard although the same note can be played on different strings in different positions. The PlentyMusic TAB score is a literal translation of the score and not necessarily the best solution for playing the notes. Ornaments are omitted in this movement but are replaced by challenging and rhythmic figuration. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. What is important is to play the note values as written and acknowledge rests notated in the score. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing electric guitar and bass guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The electric guitar sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bass guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 59, 61 and 63 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention 14 arr. electric guitar & bass guitar

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged electric guitar & bass guitar in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is Show More...

J.S. Bach’s Invention 14 BWV 785 arranged electric guitar & bass guitar in the key of Bb is a rhythmical work and a movement in which figuration is a substitute for ornamentation. Remember that the guitar and bass guitar are transposing instruments sounding an octave lower than written. There are some octave transpositions in the bass guitar part to keep to the range of the instrument. Guitarists have the choice of reading a notated or TAB score. TAB scores have a useful function because they locate the position of the notes on the fretboard although the same note can be played on different strings in different positions. The PlentyMusic TAB score is a literal translation of the score and not necessarily the best solution for playing the notes. Ornaments are omitted in this movement but are replaced by challenging and rhythmic figuration. Players need to have a vision and understanding of the phrasing needed before playing this movement. Bach’s music is from the baroque era in music history and presents the added challenge that there is generally minimal score detail in place in sheet music scores. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor suggests playing the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. An 8/8 time signature would in many ways be very appropriate for this movement. Accompaniments are in place allowing electric guitar and bass guitar players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The electric guitar sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bass guitar on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 52, 54, 58, 60 and 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is one bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. There are generally similar approaches to playing this invention although instrumentalists should spend time listening to performances of the work by a range of musical instruments and instrument combinations on streaming media. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part Inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing secure performing techniques whatever the instrument being played. Close

Invention 8 arr. clarinet in Bb & bass clarinet

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged clarinet in Bb & bass clarinet. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged clarinet in Bb & bass clarinet. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. The sheet music score available as a pdf download from the website has individual parts appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also in place to help players improve their technique and ensemble playing skills. The realisation plays back at 92 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Clarinettists players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 92 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 and 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. They are possibly more challenging works when played on other instruments. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format encouraging listening, accuracy in playing and good intonation. Close

Invention 8 arr. trombone duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for trombone duo One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to mast Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for trombone duo One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. The sheet music score available as a pdf download from the website has individual parts appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also in place to help players improve their technical and ensemble skills. The realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Trombone players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. The tuba part is fairly uncompromising and if some rescoring is required to make the part a little more playable please advise the PlentyMusic office. Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 76, 80, 84, 88, 92 and 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. They are possibly more challenging works when played on other instruments. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format encouraging listening, accuracy in playing and good intonation. Close

Invention 8 arr. trumpet in B Flat & trombone

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for trumpet in Bb and trombone sounding in the key of F. One of the most popular of the two part inventions Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for trumpet in Bb and trombone sounding in the key of F. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. The sheet music score available as a pdf download from the website has individual parts appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also in place to help players improve their technical and ensemble playing skills. The realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Trumpet and trombone players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96 and 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. They are possibly more challenging works when played on other instruments. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format encouraging listening, accuracy in playing and good intonation. Close

Invention 8 arr. soprano & tenor saxophones

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged soprano & tenor saxophones. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord sha Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged soprano & tenor saxophones. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. The sheet music score available as a pdf download from the website has individual parts appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also in place to help players improve their technique and ensemble playing skills. The realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Saxophone players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. There are a few octave transpositions in the tenor saxophone part to keep to the instruments range Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing trumpet and trombone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The trumpet sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the trombone on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 76, 80, 84, 88, 92 and 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. They are possibly more challenging works when played on other instruments. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format encouraging listening, accuracy in playing and good intonation. Close

Invention 8 arr. flute & bassoon

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for flute and bassoon. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes t Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for flute and bassoon. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. The sheet music score available as a pdf download from the website has individual parts appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also in place. An uplifting and appealing invention with many scale runs and chord shapes that make this an appropriate movement for woodwind players to play to improve technique The realisation plays back at 92 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Woodwind players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 92 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing flute and bassoon players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. The flute sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the bassoon on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at, 84, 88, 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. They are possibly more challenging works when played on other instruments. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format encouraging listening, accuracy in playing and good intonation. Close

Invention 8 arr. clarinet in B flat duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for clarinet in Bb duo sounding in the key of F. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with sca Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 arranged for clarinet in Bb duo sounding in the key of F. One of the most popular of the two part inventions with scale runs and chord shapes to master. An appropriately transposed sheet music score is available from the website. Accompaniments are also in place. An uplifting and appealing invention with many scale runs and chord shapes that make this an appropriate movement for clarinettists to play to improve technique. There are some octave transpositions in the lower part to keep to the range of the instruments. The realisation plays back at 104 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many musicians play this invention faster and interestingly it is a movement usually played without ornaments. Clarinet players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Remember that music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. At times in the arrangement the contrapuntal lines are an octave closer together than in the piano version. Ornaments are not generally featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 96 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinettists to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Clarinet in Bb 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Clarinet in Bb on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96, and for the brave 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that this particular invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement especially with regard to articulation. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other compositional processes and techniques are evident as in most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing ensemble playing in the duo format. Close

Invention 4 arr. clarinet in B flat & bass clarinet

Invention 4 BWV 775 arranged for clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet sounding in the key of D minor is an appealing work featuring an opening motif or me Show More...

Invention 4 BWV 775 arranged for clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet sounding in the key of D minor is an appealing work featuring an opening motif or melodic shape that combines stepwise movement with the interval of a falling diminished seventh. The realisation plays back at 45 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet beats to the minute. The time signature for this movement is 3/8 and the music editor suggests approaching playing the movement with a one in a bar feel or pulse rather than trying to count in eighth notes or quavers. The long trills bar 19 and bar 29 need to be played rhythmically and with control. There is some debate as to the notes to be played in the trill commencing in bar 29. The music editor suggests a written G natural (sounding F natural) but many alternate a G# (sounding F#) with the E. In the video score, which clarinet players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in an ensemble activity as part of practice routines. The Clarinet in Bb sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the Bass Clarinet on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 39, 42, 45, 48, 51 and for the brave 54 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. This is an invention where it is interesting to observe the different approaches to playing the movement particularly with regard to tempo and articulation. The Inventions are always worth revisiting and the collection should be understood to be one that benefits from this. Valuable time can be spent on streaming media listening to and perhaps watching different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Whilst there is considerable contrast to the tempo that the invention is played remember that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! The inventions offer excellent opportunities to improve ensemble playing in a duo context. Individual clarinet parts are also appended to the full scores available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. The Bach Inventions are considered to be intermediate level movements. The key journey that features in this movement embraces the closley related keys of the relative major, sub-dominant and the V7 – VI progression bars 48 - 49 further adds to the harmonic journey. Imitation, inversion and sequence are all in evidence as compositional processes. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure playing technique and good intonation. Close

J.S.Bach’s Invention 4 arr. classical guitar duo (No TAB)

J.S.Bach’s Invention 4 BWV 775 arr. classical guitar duo with a notated score as the download with guitar parts attached to the full score. In t Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 4 BWV 775 arr. classical guitar duo with a notated score as the download with guitar parts attached to the full score. In the key of D minor this is an appealing work featuring an opening motif or melodic shape that combines a scale shape with the interval of a falling diminished seventh. The realisation plays back at 48 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet beats to the minute. The time signature for this movement is 3/8 and the music editor suggests approaching playing the movement with a one in a bar feel or pulse rather than trying to count in eighth notes or quavers. The long trills bar 19 and bar 29 need to be played rhythmically and with control. There is some debate as to the notes to be played in the trill commencing in bar 29. The music editor suggests a written F natural but many alternate a F# with the E. The ornaments can always be omitted particularly in the early stages of learning the movement. Many guitarists edit the music score in how they play the ornaments finding it difficult to sustain the hammer technique for so long. Find a solution but do ensure that both parts and instruments are imitating each other. The voicing in this arrangement with the guitar 1 sounding an octave lower than written means that the contrapuntal lines are an octave closer together than in the original piano version. In the video score, which guitar players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. Accompaniments are in place allowing classical guitar duo players to participate in an ensemble activity as part of practice routines. Classical Guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Classical Guitar 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 39, 42, 45, 48, 51 and for the brave 54 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. This is an invention where it is interesting to observe the different approaches to playing the movement particularly with regard to tempo and articulation. The Inventions are always worth revisiting and the collection should be understood to be one that benefits from this. Valuable time can be spent on streaming media listening to and perhaps watching different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Whilst there is considerable contrast to the tempo that the invention is played remember that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! The inventions offer excellent opportunities to improve ensemble playing in a duo context. Individual guitar parts are also appended to the full scores available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. The Bach Inventions are considered to be intermediate level movements. The key journey that features in this movement embraces the closely related keys of the relative major, sub-dominant and the V7 – VI progression bars 48 - 49 further adds to the harmonic journey. Imitation, inversion and sequence are all in evidence as compositional processes. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure playing technique. This is a revision and update of a previous score posted on the website. Close

Invention 4 BWV 775 arr. 2 clarinets in B flat

Invention 4 BWV 775 arranged for two clarinets in Bb sounding in the key of D minor is an appealing work featuring an opening motif or melodic shape t Show More...

Invention 4 BWV 775 arranged for two clarinets in Bb sounding in the key of D minor is an appealing work featuring an opening motif or melodic shape that combines stepwise movement with the interval of a falling diminished seventh. In this arrangement the contrapuntal lines are an octave closer than in the original piano version with both instruments notated in the treble clef. The realisation plays back at 48 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet beats to the minute. The time signature for this movement is 3/8 and the music editor suggests approaching playing the movement with a one in a bar feel or pulse rather than trying to count in eighth notes or quavers. The long trills bar 19 and bar 29 need to be played rhythmically and with control. There is some debate as to the notes to be played in the trill commencing in bar 29. The music editor suggests a written G natural (sounding F natural) but many alternate a G# (sounding F#) with the E. In the video score, which clarinet players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. Accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in an ensemble activity as part of practice routines. Clarinet 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Clarinet 2 on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 39, 42, 45, 48, 51 and for the brave 54 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. There is a four bar count in /click track for each of the accompaniment tracks. This is an invention where it is interesting to observe the different approaches to playing the movement particularly with regard to tempo and articulation. The Inventions are always worth revisiting and the collection should be understood to be one that benefits from this. Valuable time can be spent on streaming media listening to and perhaps watching different approaches that players have when performing this movement. Whilst there is considerable contrast to the tempo that the invention is played remember that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! The inventions offer excellent opportunities to improve ensemble playing in a duo context. Individual clarinet parts are also appended to the full scores available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. The Bach Inventions are considered to be intermediate level movements. The key journey that features in this movement embraces the closley related keys of the relative major, sub-dominant and the V7 – VI progression bars 48 - 49 further adds to the harmonic journey. Imitation, inversion and sequence are all in evidence as compositional processes. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure playing technique. Close

Invention No. 13 BWV 784 arr. violin & cello

J.S.Bach’s Invention 13 in the key of A minor is a movement with some quite delightful shapes to play particularly chord shapes including minor, maj Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 13 in the key of A minor is a movement with some quite delightful shapes to play particularly chord shapes including minor, major, dominant 7th & diminished 7th also in their different positions (root, first & second inversion…) This is an excellent ensemble piece encouraging players to listen to each other. In bars 21/22 there are some octave transpositions in the violin part. Ornaments are not featured in this movement whilst the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing violin and cello players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the cello on the other. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70 and 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. This reflects the fact that the invention can be played at many different tempi. Accompaniment backing tracks are recorded with a dry acoustic to encourage accuracy in playing. As in all the inventions it is a requirement to play accurate note values. Ends of phrases are deserving of particular attention. Legato playing is suggested in the first instance although string players can offer their own playing and performance approaches which in many ways is the invitation offered in this and many other Bach music collections. There is no perfectly correct way to play this music and there is the added challenge of being able to re-visit and play the music again. Time spent listening to this work on streaming media will be invaluable to players wishing to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. The principle behind J.S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the harmonic journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst other processes are evident in Bach’s Two Part Inventions as in most music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. As concentrated and concise movements the 15 Inventions played in an ensemble context present excellent challenges and there is simply not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. An invention suited to being played by a wide range of instruments possibly with a combination of instruments belonging to different instrument families – a mix and match approach is invited. Close

Invention 6 BWV 777 arr. violin & cello

J.S.Bach’s Invention 6 BWV 777 arr. violin & cello The realisation plays back at 28 bpm to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing string p Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 6 BWV 777 arr. violin & cello The realisation plays back at 28 bpm to the minute. Accompaniments are in place allowing string players to participate in ensemble activities as part of practice routines. This is an excellent duo piece encouraging good intonation accuracy in playing and the development of a sense of pulse so essential in ensemble playing. Accompaniments are in place allowing both violinists and cellists to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel and cello on the other. There is a four bar count in sounding on the wood blocks. A legato approach to playing is demostrated in the sheet music video but string players may well chose to play pizzicato for this invention. It is a movement that features figuration and an exploration of shapes rather than ornamentation. The two voices are frequently moving in contrary motion. This invention sounds so easy on the ear but it is a challenging to read because of the accidentals. The repeats whilst indicated in the sheet music score are not played in the mp3 realisation or the accompaniments The reading of the notes and accidentals requires attention especially in the second section and note values need to played accurately. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Two Part Inventions and 15 Three Part Sinfonias and many of them provide excellent opportunities for duo and trio playing. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Close

Invention 6 BWV 777 arr. guitar duo + TAB

The invention has been transposed to the key of G. The guitar as a transposing instrument sounds an octave lower than written. TAB scores are also ava Show More...

The invention has been transposed to the key of G. The guitar as a transposing instrument sounds an octave lower than written. TAB scores are also available. Accompaniments are in place allowing guitarists to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and Guitar 2 of the other. A legato approach to playing is suggested for this invention. It is a movement that features figuration and an exploration of shapes rather than ornamentation. The two voices are frequently moving in contrary motion. This invention sounds so easy on the ear but it is a challenging to read because of the accidentals. The realisation plays back at 25 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet beats to the minute. The repeats whilst indicated in the sheet music score are not played in the mp3 realisation or the accompaniments The reading of the notes and accidentals requires attention especially in the second section and note values need to played accurately. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Two Part Inventions and 15 Three part Sinfonias and many of them provide excellent opportunities for duo and trio playing. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Close

Invention 5 BWV 776

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 5 BWV 776 in Eb is a dynamic and lively movement featuring patterns and shapes that have a strong unifying element. In the Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 5 BWV 776 in Eb is a dynamic and lively movement featuring patterns and shapes that have a strong unifying element. In the sheet music video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel the ornaments have been written out in full to clarify how they should be played. In this energetic and lively invention the lower mordent is a particular features. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. As for many of the inventions it is possibly a good idea to play the first two bars (possibly 4 bars) until they are known thoroughly before progressing to the rest of the movement. The inventions provide excellent opportunities for musicians to improve and develop a secure keyboard technique. Suggested fingering in this invention is frequently based on the direction in which the hands are moving particularly relevant for this movement because both hands are busy. An engaging and dynamic performance piece that needs to played at around 88 - 100 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. On the compositional processes front the sequence is quite an evident compositional process in this invention Remember that music needs to be performed slowly before it can be performed quickly. The last bar has been edited to represent current performance practice. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. On a piano or weighted keyboard there is an opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Keyboard players will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms to get a sense of the importance of this aspect of piano playing. A plain score is attached to the edited music score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. Close

Invention 2 BWV 773

J.S.Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 is an intermediate level movement in the key of C minor. It needs to be played with a legato touch. The playback t Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 is an intermediate level movement in the key of C minor. It needs to be played with a legato touch. The playback tempo of the realisation is 52 beats per minute (bpm) and the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments when learning the piece. Like many of the inventions it that can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of different instrument combinations. To understand how the ornaments should be played keyboard players can refer to the sheet music video on the PlentyMusic You Tube channel. In this video the ornaments have been written out in full to clarify how they should be played. The inventions composed in two parts or voices are concentrated and demanding movements to play. In these works it is important to keep to keep to the length of the written note values Keyboard players will need to their fingers close to the keys and play with a lightness in the hands. Pianists will perhaps recognise that the weaker fingers need some extra practice and to solve this issue the music editor suggests practising thirds. There is opportunity to explore right hand over left playing (bar 18) and changing fingering on a repeated note. The opening shape or motif is quite long and the mood of this invention is quite melancholy with a characteristic minor 7th interval. The movement needs to played evenly and consistently with a legato touch and keyboard players will need to play with a lightness in the hands. Ornaments are in place but possibly can be omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. The inventions were originally intended to be played on the harpsichord and there is more than one suggestion of a two manual instrument in this particular invention. Composed in the key of C minor the key journey is confined to the closely related keys of the dominant (bar 7), relative minor (bar 15) and sub-dominant (bar 20). Keys, understand, are not always established as such but are described as passing modulations in the baroque era. A key or change of key is generally thought of being established when there is a cadence which tends to be more the case in music from the classical era. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is attached to the edited music score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. Close

Invention 2 | piano & keyboard

J.S.Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 is an intermediate level movement in the key of C minor. It needs to be played with a legato touch. The playback t Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 2 BWV 773 is an intermediate level movement in the key of C minor. It needs to be played with a legato touch. The playback tempo of the realisation is 52 beats per minute (bpm) and the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments when learning the piece. Like many of the inventions it that can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of different instrument combinations. To understand how the ornaments should be played keyboard players can refer to the sheet music video on the PlentyMusic You Tube channel. In this video the ornaments have been written out in full to clarify how they should be played. The inventions composed in two parts or voices are concentrated and demanding movements to play. In these works it is important to keep to keep to the length of the written note values Keyboard players will need to their fingers close to the keys and play with a lightness in the hands. Pianists will perhaps recognise that the weaker fingers need some extra practice and to solve this issue the music editor suggests practising thirds. There is opportunity to explore right hand over left playing (bar 18) and changing fingering on a repeated note. The opening shape or motif is quite long and the mood of this invention is quite melancholy with a characteristic minor 7th interval. The movement needs to played evenly and consistently with a legato touch and keyboard players will need to play with a lightness in the hands. Ornaments are in place but possibly can be omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. The inventions were originally intended to be played on the harpsichord and there is more than one suggestion of a two manual instrument in this particular invention. Composed in the key of C minor the key journey is confined to the closely related keys of the dominant (bar 7), relative minor (bar 15) and sub-dominant (bar 20). Keys, understand, are not always established as such but are described as passing modulations in the baroque era. A key or change of key is generally thought of being established when there is a cadence which tends to be more the case in music from the classical era. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is attached to the edited music score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. Close

Invention 15 BWV 786

J. S. Bach’s Invention 15 BWV 786 in B minor is a deliberate and purposeful movement possessing a haunting quality whilst allowing keyboard players Show More...

J. S. Bach’s Invention 15 BWV 786 in B minor is a deliberate and purposeful movement possessing a haunting quality whilst allowing keyboard players to explore keyboard touches where notes are articulated staccato and/or staccatissimo. The realisation plays back at 72 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. A movement that needs to be played with intention, consistency and purposefulness During practice routines keyboard players can vary their playing approach to encompass the different piano articulations that can be used playing the movement. The PlentyMusic principle when it comes to adding ornaments to music scores is to follow and more or less and imitate current modern performance practice. Ornaments are applied consistently although there is scope for players to make some additions particularly at important cadence points in movements where the option of more notes in the cadential trills can be explored. In the video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms particularly on the piano to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. A plain score is attached to the edited music score. Close

Invention 12 BWV 783

Invention 12 BWV 783 is in the key of A and is a movement that communicates purpose and intention. The music editor suggests that keyboard players sh Show More...

Invention 12 BWV 783 is in the key of A and is a movement that communicates purpose and intention. The music editor suggests that keyboard players should learn the movement in the first instance without the ornaments in place being played indicated in the sheet music score. What is important in delivering the intention of the music and the music only really becomes alive at the tempo of 68 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet notes to the minute. At the same time it would be lovely to know what the tempo this invention was in Bach’s own time when there was no vision of the piano as becoming the keyboard instrument of choice The PlentyMusic principle when it comes to adding ornaments to music scores is to follow and imitate current modern performance practice. The edited music score has suggested fingering in place although when it comes to playing the more complicated trills keyboard players will need to refer to the sheet music video score on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel to work out appropriate fingers to use for he playing of these ornaments. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Many keyboard players whether pianists or harpsichordists approach this invention as if they are playing a virtuoso work which in many ways is surprisingly because the movement was composed well before the time that this concept was suggested attributed to describe the playing of N. Paganini. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms particularly on the piano to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. A plain score is attached to the edited music score. Close

Invention 11 BWV 782

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 is a work exploring the scale of G minor. The chromatic element is quite strong and the resulting accidentals make Show More...

J .S. Bach’s Invention 11 BWV 782 is a work exploring the scale of G minor. The chromatic element is quite strong and the resulting accidentals make this a challenging score to read. The playback score has a tempo of 64 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. It is a movement that can be played at an even slower tempo than 64 bpm. Legato playing is needed in a performance although there is scope to broaden the detail of how the notes are articulated. Any exaggerated playing should be avoided. The music editor has avoided ornaments occurring in both voices at the same time. The PlentyMusic principle when it comes to adding ornaments to music scores is to follow and more or less and imitate current modern performance practice. Ornaments are applied consistently although there is scope for players to make some additions particularly at important cadence points in movements where the option of more notes in the cadential trill can be explored. This is particularly the case in music played at relative slow tempi. In the video score the ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. This invention provides an excellent opportunity for players to become familiar with the scale of G minor in both its harmonic and melodic minor forms. Players will possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. Playing levels will perhaps need to be reviewed when different instrument combinations are involved. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. Those learning how to use music notation software will find this another excellent study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention. Close

Invention 10 BWV 781

Invention 10 BWV 781 in the key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how individual keyboard players approach how to articulate the no Show More...

Invention 10 BWV 781 in the key of G is a challenging invention to play simply from how individual keyboard players approach how to articulate the notes point. It is interesting to observe the approaches to playing this movement. Many play the invention articulating the eighth note or quavers staccato while others play the movement with a legato touch. The former approach requires a lightness in the hands and can be a challenging to play because of the tension that is created in the hands and wrist. Players should listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. What is fascinating is to hear some of the greatest pianists and harpsichordists playing what are really considered to be basic learning pieces. The best way of learning anything about music is by listening although in this modern world video footage now offers a very supportive and complementary medium particularly when camera angles allow viewers to see what musician’s hands are during a performance. In the video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. Articulation markings are also indicated in this particular score. The music editor has avoided placing ornaments occurring at the same time in the two voices. The long trills occurring in bar 20 (treble clef) and bar 23 (bass clef) need to be played in a rhythmical and controlled manner with the left hand trill mirroring the right hand. The suggested fingering in place on the edited music score is frequently determined by the direction in which the music and the hands are moving. Remember that movements cannot be played quickly until they be played slowly! The music editor has chosen not to double ornaments where they occur in both voices simply because it lessens and contradicts the contrast in the parts. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms particularly on the piano to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the key system. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is attached to the edited music score. Close

Invention 9 BWV 780 | piano & keyboard

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 9 BWV 780 is a slow tempo movement in the key of F minor. A haunting and melancholy movement, the realisation plays back at Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 9 BWV 780 is a slow tempo movement in the key of F minor. A haunting and melancholy movement, the realisation plays back at 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. It is a movement that can be played at an even slower tempo. Legato playing is also needed in a performance. The PlentyMusic principle when it comes to adding ornaments to music scores is to follow and more or less and imitate current modern performance practice. Ornaments are applied consistently although there is scope for players to make some additions particularly at important cadence points in movements where the option of more notes in the trill can be explored. In the sheet music video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. Players may well possibly need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. Playing the scale of F minor in the harmonic and melodic versions will provide a valuable assist in preparing this invention for performance. F minor in much of J.S.Bach’s music is a key identified with melancholy and pathos particularly with a falling or sighing motif as heard in the opening of this invention. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. When played in an ensemble context there is not much other music that can better prepare players for this type of music activity. The intention in the duo arrangement is to help players become better ensemble players and to grow as musicians playing music as close to the composer’s intentions as possible. These are concentrated and demanding movements to play. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. Those learning how to use music notation software will find this an excellent and frustrating study to copy simply because of the many accidentals that require attention. A plain score is attached to the edited music score. Close

Invention 3 | piano & keyboard

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 3 BWV 774 in the key of D offers rhythmic challenges to the keyboard player. It is an intermediate level movement with the Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 3 BWV 774 in the key of D offers rhythmic challenges to the keyboard player. It is an intermediate level movement with the playback tempo of the realisation being 56 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the beats per minute (bpm) It is best to play the work with a sense of there being one beat to the bar. There are three scores available in the download i) and edited music score with suggested fingering in place and with the ornaments written out as in the sheet music video ii) a plain score and iii) an edited sheet music score with suggested fingering in place and the ornaments indicated. The music editor suggests that this a challenging invention to play. For those wishing for clarification as to how the ornaments should be played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. The ornaments are probably best omitted when learning the piece whilst fingers need to be kept as close as possible to the piano keys. Suggested fingering is in place in the edited score. The inventions are concentrated and demanding movements to play for the intermediate level player. This is an interesting Invention to study because of the wide variation in how the movement is performed particularly from the tempo point of view and the approach to playing the ornaments. Many pianists for example trill the long tied notes beginning at bar 26. The points of imitation at the start of the phrases are something that keyboard players need to particularly communicate in their playing. The Inventions benefit from being played with a lightness in the hands and consideration as to how notes are articulated. Exaggerated playing should be avoided and is not appropriate to this style. The limitations of the realisation is that the weight distribution between the hands is not truly represented in how the music should be played on the piano. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is appended to the edited music score. Close

Invention 7 BWV 778

J.S.Bach’s Invention 7 BWV 778 is in the key of E minor. In the opening section the phrases end on the first eighth note quaver beat of the bar. Pl Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 7 BWV 778 is in the key of E minor. In the opening section the phrases end on the first eighth note quaver beat of the bar. Playing the E minor scale in both its harmonic and melodic forms will provide excellent preparation for playing this invention. Bach’s inventiveness is usually demonstrated in formal templates familiar to him and those either playing or listening to his music. Both vocal and instrumental models are used. The music editor believes the best way of approaching the playing of this work is with an essentially legato touch with some variation in touch in place in the bars where the line is in eighth notes or quavers and ornaments are not being played. In all music beauty of sound combined with interpretative intention must be aim of the musician(s) involved. One of the most interesting aspects of this invention is the variety of performance approaches that are demonstrated particularly by keyboard players. Some articulate the notes with great consideration while others interpret the movement as if it is a vocal work with an approach suggesting a declamatory delivery. The long trills are a challenge but can be omitted on the piano which has a sustaining quality unlike the harpsichord for which the work was primarily intended and the main domestic keyboard instrument of Bach’s own time. When introduced they need to be played rhythmically and with an intention suggesting the keyboard player is in control. The PlentyMusic principle when it comes to adding ornaments to music scores is to follow and more or less and imitate current modern performance practice. Ornaments are applied consistently although there is scope for players to make some additions particularly at important cadence points in movements where the option of more notes in the trill can be explored. In the sheet music video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel ornaments have been written out as they sound in the realisation to represent exactly what is being played. The realisation plays back at 72 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Players will perhaps need to edit their scores with reminders about accidentals within the bar. The Bach Inventions are generally intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is attached to the edited music score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. Close

Invention 6 BWV 777

Invention 6 BWV 777 in the key of E is a movement that features figuration and an exploration of shapes rather than ornamentation. The two voices are Show More...

Invention 6 BWV 777 in the key of E is a movement that features figuration and an exploration of shapes rather than ornamentation. The two voices are frequently moving in contrary motion. Legato playing is suggested for this invention and the realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note or dotted crotchet beats to the minute. The repeats whilst indicated in the sheet music score are not played in the mp3 realisation. This invention sounds so easy on the ear but it is a nightmare to read because of the accidentals. The reading of the notes and accidentals requires attention especially in the second section and note values need to played accurately. There are opportunities to explore changing fingers on a note technique and some of the leaps need to be managed when preparing a performance of this score. Remember that all good piano playing is about good preparation. Sliding a finger from a black to a white note is another technique that is appropriate when playing this invention. The familiar compositional processes of imitation, inversion, sequence feature strongly in the movement. It is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. What is fascinating is to hear some of the greatest pianists and harpsichordists playing what are considered to be learning pieces. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. There is opportunity to distribute the weight between the hands to give prominence to the entries of thematic material. Pianists will find it rewarding to listen to performances of this invention on streaming platforms particularly on the piano to get a sense of how important an aspect of piano playing this is. A plain sheet music score is attached to the edited music score in the pdf download. Close

Invention 1 BWV 772 arr. classical guitar duo

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument combinations. In this arrangement for two classical guitars accompaniments are in place enabling guitar players to enjoy ensemble practice as part of their music practice routines. They play at 56, 58, 60, 62 and 64 beats per minute (bpm). Guitar 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel while Guitar 2 sounds on the other side of the stereo channel. The music has also been transposed from the originally key of C to F purely on the basis that this explores the appropriate range of the instrument. Remember too that the guitar is a transposing instrument and sounds an octave lower than written. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce and inform musicians of the composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique as well as providing excellent ensemble playing opportunities. The playback tempo of the realisation is 60 beats per minute (bpm) and the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments when learning the piece. For those wishing clarification on how the ornaments should t be played refer to the piano version video score on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. In this video score the ornaments have been written out in full to clarify how they should be played. The music editor suggests that they are probably not such a relevant addition in this arrangement. The music score is available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website whilst the accompaniments can be downloaded as mp3 files. The sheet music download has a Tab score in place on the appended indivual parts. The key journey of the movement is confined to the closely related keys of the dominant (bar 7), relative minor (bar 15) and sub-dominant (bar 20). Keys, understand, are not always established as such but are described as passing modulations in the baroque era. A key or change of key is generally thought of being established when there is a cadence which tends to be more the case in music from the classical era. Tempo is one of the most challenging questions when playing the Bach’s 15 Two part inventions. The music editor suggests that there is often a tendency to play these movements too quickly. The opening motif or melodic idea is quite short in this work whilst musical ideas are repeated and imitated by the two voices. The inversion of musical ideas is a particularly strong feature in this invention. The use of sequence is another compositional process readily identifiable. Close

Invention No. 1 BWV 772 arr. violin & cello

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument combinations. In this arrangement for violin & cello accompaniments are in place enabling violinists and cellists to enjoy ensemble practice as part of their music practice routines. They play at 56, 58, 60, 62 and 64 beats per minute (bpm). The violin sounds on one side of the stereo channel whilst the cello sounds on the other channel. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce and inform musicians of the composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure technique. The playback tempo of the realisation is 60 beats per minute (bpm) and the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments when learning the piece. For those wishing clarification on how the ornaments are to be played refer to the piano version video score on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. In this video score the ornaments have been written out in full to clarify how they should be played. The music score is available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website whilst the accompaniments can be downloaded as mp3 files. Composed in the key of C the key journey is confined to the closely related keys of the dominant (bar 7), relative minor (bar 15) and sub-dominant (bar 20). Keys, understand, are not always established as such but are described as passing modulations in the baroque era. A key or change of key is generally thought of being established when there is a cadence which tends to be more the case in music from the classical era. Tempo is one of the most challenging questions when playing the Bach’s 15 Two part inventions. The music editor suggests that there is often a tendency to play these movements too quickly. The opening motif or melodic idea is quite short in this work whilst musical ideas are repeated and imitated by the two voices. The inversion of musical ideas is a particularly strong feature in this invention. The use of sequence is another compositional process readily identifiable. Close

Invention 1 | BWV 772 | piano

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention No. 1 BWV 772 is an intermediate level movement can be played on a range of keyboard instruments and by a number of instrument combinations. In the video score, which keyboard players may wish to refer to on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel the ornaments have been written out in full. to clarify how they should be played. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. The playback tempo of the realisation is 60 beats per minute (bpm) and the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments when learning the piece. A plain score is attached to the edited music score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. Composed in the key of C the key journey is confined to the closely related keys of the dominant (bar 7), relative minor (bar 15) and sub-dominant (bar 20). Keys, understand, are not always established as such but are described as passing modulations in the baroque era. A key or change of key is generally thought of being established when there is a cadence which tends to be more the case in music from the classical era. Tempo is one of the most challenging questions when playing the Bach’s 15 Two part inventions. The music editor suggests that there is often a tendency to play these movements too quickly. The opening motif or melodic idea is quite short in this work whilst musical ideas are repeated and imitated by the two voices. The inversion of musical ideas is a particularly strong feature in this invention. The use of sequence is another compositional process readily identifiable. Close

Invitación (Invitation) piano solo (original)

Invitación by Ignacio Cervantes is a short appealing work. An intermediate level piano solo this is in the original key of Em and features the Cuban Show More...

Invitación by Ignacio Cervantes is a short appealing work. An intermediate level piano solo this is in the original key of Em and features the Cuban habanera pattern is an excellent piece for developing both solo and ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills especially if some ensemble playing is envisaged. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice although the music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. pitched percussion

In this arrangement conceived for 4 marimba players with two instruments available. Marimba parts 1 and 2 are scored in the treble clef and parts 3 an Show More...

In this arrangement conceived for 4 marimba players with two instruments available. Marimba parts 1 and 2 are scored in the treble clef and parts 3 and 4 in the bass clef. The score is formatted as a one document pdf file with individual parts for the marimba players appended to the full score. Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation sounds in the key of D it plays at a tempo of 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape also features strongly. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. tenor horn & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an enco Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encore in a performing context. In this version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute whilst the sample used is one of a horn though not specifically a tenor horn.The tenor horn is a transposing instruments and the part sounds a major sixth lower than written. What is paramount in a performance is that the music does not stutter in the tempo changing sense during a performance. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. There is the suggestion that no two performances could ever be the same simply because of the acoustic and possibly the mood of the soloist. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. mandolin & classical guitar

A melody that is hauntingly beautiful characterises this encore and shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimental. This intermediate level ar Show More...

A melody that is hauntingly beautiful characterises this encore and shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimental. This intermediate level arrangement for mandolin and classical or acoustic is a cut down version of Opus 51 No.6. and features an alternative ending which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. The guitar part is a simplified version of the piano part with the music transposed to the key of G. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, and 44 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. The mandolin and guitar parts are presented both in standard notation & TAB. The mandolin part does not feature the tremolo technique so characteristic of mandolin playing although they possibly could be added in the middle section. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this short Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shortened encore version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. alto saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for alto saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shor Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for alto saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shortened encore version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds.As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. tenor saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this sho Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shortened version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds.As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. baritone horn & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for baritone horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an e Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for baritone horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encore in a performing context. In this version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute which the music editor feels on reflection is probably a little on the fast side. The baritone part is notated in the treble clef and sounds a ninth lower than written. Please advise the PlentyMusic office if you require a bass clef option. What is paramount in a performance is that the music does not stutter in the tempo changing sense during a performance. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. There is the suggestion that no two performances could ever be the same simply because of the acoustic and possibly the mood of the soloist. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. euphonium & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for euphonium and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encor Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for euphonium and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encore in a performing context. In this version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute which the music editor feels on reflection is probably a little on the fast side. The euphonium part is notated in the treble clef. Should players require a bass clef version please advise the PlentyMusic office. What is paramount in a performance is that the music does not stutter in the tempo changing sense during a performance. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. There is the suggestion that no two performances could ever be the same simply because of the acoustic and possibly the mood of the soloist. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. violin & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for violin and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 ideal as an encore. Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for violin and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 ideal as an encore. In this cut down arrangement an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. viola & classical guitar

An intermediate level arrangement for viola and classical guitar of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this c Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for viola and classical guitar of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down encore arrangement an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42 & 44 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. viola & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for viola and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down arr Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for viola and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down arrangement an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. bass trombone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for bass trombone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In th Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for bass trombone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Warum willst du And’re fragen arr. piano

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for solo piano Dating from 1841 this is a ref Show More...

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for solo piano Dating from 1841 this is a reflective and contemplative romantic instrumental arrangement #sheet music & accompaniment links: This arrangement was quite easy to create because the piano part essentially doubles the melody. There should always be a focus on communicating beauty of sound and tone when playing Clara Schumann’s and music by her contemporaries. The voicing particularly in the piano accompaniment is always very considered with the harmonic writing demonstrating chromatic elements typically found in music of its composition date. Players who want to understand or even confirm phrasing options should simply sing the melody and identify places in the score where it is necessary to breathe. There are subtle tempo changes needed as the movement progresses with slowing downs required at the ends of phrases. Returning to a tempo particularly at the start of phrases is an important aspect of performing this music successfully. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended but only indicated in the opening bars. The music editor suggests only light use so that the harmonic lines are not blurred or become muddy. There is quite obviously a strong connection and similarities between the composition approach of Robert and Clara Schumann's music. Clara in fact edited much of her husband's music for publishers in the 19th century and was an immense musical talent in her own right. The melody is quite reminiscent of the opening song from Robert Schumann's Dichterliebe song cycle. This is one of the songs that Clara Schumann contributed to Robert Schumann’s 12 Gedichte Aus Liebesfruling Opus 37 Close

Warum willst du And’re fragen arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. Dating from 1841 Show More...

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. Dating from 1841 this is a reflective and contemplative romantic instrumental arrangement. The realisation plays back at 74 quarter note crotchet beats per minute. In the arrangement the piano generally doubles the melody which whilst reassuring for the instrumental soloist doesn't represent best practice in a musical sense. There should always be a focus on communicating beauty of sound and tone when playing Clara Schumann’s and music by her contemporaries. The voicing particularly in the piano accompaniment is always very considered with the harmonic writing demonstrating chromatic elements typically found in music of its composition date. Players who want to understand or even confirm phrasing options should simply sing the melody and identify places in the score where it is necessary to breathe. There are subtle tempo changes needed as the movement progresses with slowing downs required at the ends of phrases. Returning to a tempo particularly at the start of phrases is an important aspect of performing this music successfully. Use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended in the accompaniment but is only indicated in the opening bars. The music editor suggests only light use so that the harmonic lines are not blurred or become muddy. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 72, 74 and 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. These provide an opportunity for instrumentalists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of regular home music practice routines. There is quite obviously a strong connection and similarities between the composition approach of Robert and Clara Schumann's music. Clara in fact edited much of her husband's music for publishers in the 19th century and was an immense musical talent in her own right. The melody is quite reminiscent of the opening song from Robert Schumann's Dichterliebe song cycle. Additionally, this is one of the songs that Clara Schumann contributed to Robert Schumann’s 12 Gedichte Aus Liebesfruling Opus 37 Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. flute & classical guitar

A melody that is hauntingly beautiful characterises this encore and shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimental. This intermediate level ar Show More...

A melody that is hauntingly beautiful characterises this encore and shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimental. This intermediate level arrangement for flute and classical or acoustic is a cut down version of Opus 51 No.6. and features an alternative ending which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. The guitar part is a simplified version of the piano part with the music transposed to the key of G. The guitar part is presented both in standard notation & TAB. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, and 44 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Warum willst du And’re fragen arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for soprano saxophone & piano. Dating from 18 Show More...

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for soprano saxophone & piano. Dating from 1841 this is a reflective and contemplative romantic instrumental arrangement #sheet music & accompaniment links: In the arrangement the piano generally doubles the melody which whilst reassuring for the instrumental soloist doesn't represent best practice in a musical sense. There should always be a focus on communicating beauty of sound and tone when playing Clara Schumann’s and music by her contemporaries. The voicing particularly in the piano accompaniment is always very considered with the harmonic writing demonstrating chromatic elements typically found in music of its composition date. Players who want to understand or even confirm phrasing options should simply sing the melody and identify places in the score where it is necessary to breathe. There are subtle tempo changes needed as the movement progresses with slowing downs required at the ends of phrases. Returning to a tempo particularly at the start of phrases is an important aspect of performing this music successfully. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended but only indicated in the opening bars. The music editor suggests only light use so that the harmonic lines are not blurred or become muddy. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 72, 74 and 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. These provide an opportunity for instrumentalists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of regular music practice routines. There is quite obviously a strong connection and similarities between the composition approach of Robert and Clara Schumann's music. Clara in fact edited much of her husband's music for publishers in the 19th century and was an immense musical talent in her own right. The melody is quite reminiscent of the opening song from Robert Schumann's Dichterliebe song cycle. This is one of the songs that Clara Schumann contributed to Robert Schumann’s 12 Gedichte Aus Liebesfruling Opus 37 Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. oboe & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe and piano of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 The music is hauntingly beautiful and this arr Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe and piano of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 The music is hauntingly beautiful and this arrangement is an encore version with an alternative which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this cut down shorter version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. bassoon & piano

A hauntingly beautiful piece with a melody that the music editor suggests could and should be an ideal earworm. An intermediate level arrangement for Show More...

A hauntingly beautiful piece with a melody that the music editor suggests could and should be an ideal earworm. An intermediate level arrangement for bassoon and piano of an encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In t Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo is 40 dotted half notes (minims) to the bar. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the piano accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. cello & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for cello and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for cello and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. piano

An intermediate level piano solo arrangement of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut version an alternative ending is provide Show More...

An intermediate level piano solo arrangement of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Players can see the intended cadenza on the ossia staff and can develop their own closing section which may combine a combination of rhythmic patterns and melodic shapes. Formally this short version of the movement can be described to be internary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 46 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. soprano saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. I Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds.As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. flute & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for flute and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In this cut do Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for flute and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The realisation plays back at 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music.Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. string trio

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for string trio of violin, viola and cello. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements t Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for string trio of violin, viola and cello. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. String parts fo=r violin, viola and cello are appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the violin 1 plays the higher voice 1, the viola plays the middle voice 2 and the cello voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both in playing and listening contexts. Accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and featuring the viola and cello are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. They are recorded at 256kbps. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences occurring in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Serenade arr. tenor recorder & classical guitar

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. This arrangement is for tenor recorder and classical guitar and is i Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. This arrangement is for tenor recorder and classical guitar and is in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a guitar accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. Observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while a French horn part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 guitar accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments provide the tenor recorder player with the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. clarinet in A & piano

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet in A and piano sounds in the key of C Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet in A and piano sounds in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a piano accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. There are some octave transpositions in the clarinet part and observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while an oboe part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats do not play in the realisation. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments provide the clarinet player the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. violin & piano

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for violin and piano in the key of C whilst the Plen Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for violin and piano in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a piano accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. Observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested and a violin part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments the violinist the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. There is quiet an amount of playing for the string player. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. viola & piano

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for viola and piano in the key of C whilst the Plent Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for viola and piano in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a piano accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. There are some octave transpositions in the viola part and observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested whilst an oboe part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments the violist the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. There is quite an amount of playing for the string player. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. clarinet quartet with Eb clarinet

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet quartet marked Andante cantabile includ Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet quartet marked Andante cantabile includes a clarinet in Eb, 2 clarinets in Bb and a bass clarinet in the arrangement and sounds in the key of B flat. The PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with the accompaniments playing staccato or at least detached . A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 clarinet accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments feature the clarinet in Bb 2, clarinetin Bb 3 and bass clarinet parts and gives opportunity to the clarinet in Bb 1 player to practice in an ensemble context. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) whi are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. clarinet quartet

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet quartet marked Andante cantabile in thi Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet quartet marked Andante cantabile in this arrangement sounds in the key of B flat whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a pizzicato strings style detached accompaniment. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 clarinet accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments feature the clarinet in Bb 2, clarinetin Bb 3 and bass clarinet parts and gives opportunity to the clarinet in Bb 1 player to practice in an ensemble context. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) whi are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. string orchestra

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a familiar classical string quartet. This is an arrangement for string orchestra comprising violins 1, v Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a familiar classical string quartet. This is an arrangement for string orchestra comprising violins 1, violin 2 violas, cellos & double basses in the key of C with the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve personal music practice by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a pizzicato strings accompaniment. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested whilst the score is marked Andante cantabile. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which is available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats do not play in the realisation or video score although they are in place on the sheet music pdf download. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played while the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are always a confusing element in music performance are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. There is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with some differences to the phrasing and articulations indicated and suggested in the score. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. trio of flute, classical guitar & upright bass

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. This arrangement is for a trio of flute, classical guitar and uprigh Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. This arrangement is for a trio of flute, classical guitar and upright bass. The tempo indication is Andante cantabile whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies and learn about classical music by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with the plucked accompaniments on an acoustic guitar and upright or acoustic bass offering suitable contrast. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments feature the classical guitar and upright bass sounds although in a performance other instruments could be substituted. This is a PlentyMusic mix and match arrangement giving flute players the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context with a variety of instrument options. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. It is also appropriate as a performance piece for a wedding, graduation or presentation where music appropriate for a formal occasion is needed. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement and are an option in a music performance. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element the music needs to be played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. guitar trio

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from the classical repertoire that can be arranged for many different combinations of instruments. Th Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from the classical repertoire that can be arranged for many different combinations of instruments. This arrangement for guitar trio requires two six string and a 4 string bass. In the PlentyMusic realisation electric guitars have been used and the pdf download has conventional notation and TAB charts in place. Improve music practice routines by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato whilst the guitar and bass accompaniments offer an appropriate contrasting accompaniment. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested. Individual parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments provide the guitar 1 player with the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments establishing the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. It’s a movement that gives opportunity to players to learn much about classical music from the playing, musicianship and theoretical perspectivies. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. alto saxophone, electric guitar & bass guitar

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from the classical repertoire that adopts well to a crossover interpretation. This arrangement for a Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from the classical repertoire that adopts well to a crossover interpretation. This arrangement for alto saxophone, electric guitar & bass guitar has the PlentyMusic realisation playing back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato whilst the guitar and bass accompaniments offer and appropriate contrasting accompaniment. Observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while individual parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the PlentyMusic website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments provide the alto saxophone player with the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score available on our YouTube channel all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. organ

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for organ with pedals in the key of C whilst the Ple Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for organ with pedals in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with an accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. There is opportunity for organists to introduce more variety in the registrations than is demonstrated in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation. An ideal performance piece and also appropriate for weddings because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly in respect to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. string quartet (Andante Cantabile)

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The movement marked Andante cantabile is in the key of C whilst the Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a movement from a popular classical string quartet. The movement marked Andante cantabile is in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a pizzicato strings accompaniment. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while individual instrument parts are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 string accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments feature the pizzicato strings of violin 2, viola and cello and give opportunity to the violin 1 player to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a string quartet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) whi are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. This score was added to the website in 2023. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. baritone (horn) & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for baritone (horn) wit Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for baritone (horn) with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. The baritone part has been notated in the treble clef and sounds a ninth lower than written. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. tenor horn & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for tenor horn with pia Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for tenor horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. English horn (cor anglais) & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for English horn with p Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for English horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. piano | intermediate level

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for piano the sounding key is Eb with th Show More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for piano the sounding key is Eb with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Pianists can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as AB. The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. organ with pedals | intermediate level | Eb

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for organ with pedals the sounding key i Show More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for organ with pedals the sounding key is Eb with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Organists can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. It is ideal piece of music for the Christmas season or Mothering Sunday. Brahms composed organ music and his Opus 122 chorale preludes are also worth exploring. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. viola & piano | intermediate level | E flat major

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for viola with piano acco Show More...

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for viola with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. violin & piano | intermediate level | D major

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano a Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment the sounding key is D and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. violin & piano | intermediate level | F major

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano a Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. trombone & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trombone with piano Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice or in this case instrument. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. French horn & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for French horn with pian Show More...

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for French horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices the music is usually transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice or in this case instrument. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. trumpet in Bb & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trumpet in Bb with Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. tenor saxophone & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone w Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. soprano saxophone & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone w Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s int Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines with PlentyMusic piano accompaniments playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 & 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute which are available from the PlentyMusic website. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. violin & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum dating from 1780. The arranger’s intention has b Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum dating from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available from the PlentyMusic website. Violinists need to aiming to play with as beautiful a legato as possible aiming to phrase the music to communicate the beauty of the melodic line. This is also an excellent movement for players to work at improving tonal quality and tonal range in their playing. A movement that is quite long in respect to playing time but the fact that the melody is shared does enable each of the players to prepare for their solos. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The oboist shares the melody with the piano and there is no doubling of parts The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work to study the breathing and phrasing of the singers. This is also an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are additionally a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. soprano saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available. Soprano players need to be aiming to play with a beautiful legato, planning their breathing carefully and aiming to phrase the music to communicate the beauty of the melodic line. It is an excellent movement for players to work at improving tonal quality and tonal range in their playing. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work to study the breathing and phrasing of the singers. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s in Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines by using PlentyMusic piano accompaniments playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute available from the PlentyMusic website. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. oboe & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention h Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. flute & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention h Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available. Flautists need to aiming to play with a beautiful legato, planning their breathing carefully and aiming to phrase the music to communicate the beauty of the melodic line. Additionally this is an excellent movement for flautists to work at improving tonal quality and tonal range in their playing. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. It is quite a long piece to play but sections where the piano has the melody gives the flautist the time and opportunity to prepare. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339 As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work to study the breathing and phrasing of the singers. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. organ with pedals | intermediate level

An instrumental arrangement for intermediate level organ of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum from the Veperae solemnise de Confessore K.339 which dates from Show More...

An instrumental arrangement for intermediate level organ of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum from the Veperae solemnise de Confessore K.339 which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece containing the melody, the arpeggiated chordal accompaniment and bass line. This is classical music in its truest sense. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute . The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece where reflection is appropriate. As there is a reduction in the musical texture as some of the musical content has been omitted. As a movement lasting about 4 minutes at the suggested tempo players need to be aiming to be playing consistently. A playing approach where two beats in the bar is communicated rather than two groups of three is suggested. Vocal performances do tend to be performed at a slower tempo than those played by instruments. Vocal models have been used for an interpretation of the ornaments in the realisation. They can of course be interpreted differently although consistency does need to prevail in a performance. The ornaments have been written out in full in the video sheet music score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel if there is a need for clarification. The piano and organ versions of the arrangement have slightly different bass lines simply reflecting the practicalities of the instrument. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. piano solo | intermediate level

An instrumental arrangement for intermediate level piano of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum dating from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepar Show More...

An instrumental arrangement for intermediate level piano of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum dating from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece containing the melody, the arpeggiated chordal accompaniment and bass line. This is classical music in its truest sense. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute . The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece for reflection. Laudate Dominum is a movement from the Veperae solemnise de Confessore K.339 As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the musical content has been omitted. The intention of the music editor has been to prepare an arrangement which contains the melody, the arpeggiated chordal accompaniment and bass line. There is the option of exploring the texture more fully with the addition of octaves in the section from bar The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. A playing approach where two beats in the bar is communicated rather than two groups of three is suggested. Vocal performances do tend to be performed at a slower tempo than those that are instrumental. In the piano version the original contexts are indicated in the score which should be a helpful assist in interpreting and understanding the music. Vocal models have been used for an interpretation of the ornaments in the realisation. The trills can of course be interpreted differently although consistency does need to prevail in a performance. The ornaments have been written out in full in the video sheet music score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel if there is a need for clarification. The piano and organ versions of the arrangement have slightly different bass lines each reflecting the practicality of the instrument. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. bassoon with piano accompaniment | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. oboe with piano accompaniment | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for oboe with piano acc Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. flute with piano accompaniment | intermediate level | D

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano ac Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment the sounding key is D and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by a different range of voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are also wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests at least learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and above all the imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approaches can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. flute with piano accompaniment | intermediate level | Eb

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano ac Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western notated music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by a different range of voices the music is often transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are also wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests at least learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and above all the imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approaches can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. wind quartet | intermediate level | F major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for wind quartet comprising flute, oboe, Show More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for wind quartet comprising flute, oboe, clarinet in Bb and bassoon sounding in the key F with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The free sheet music score available from PlentyMusic has individual parts appended to the full score. Wind players can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The function of these accompaniments is to provide an ensemble playing experience for flute players in a home studio situation. The oboe and clarinet in Bb parts are quite challenging to play and so an introductory 2 bar wood block introduction can be heard on the accompaniment mp3. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the flute player to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. string quartet | intermediate level | D major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for string quartet comprising 2 violins, Show More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for string quartet comprising 2 violins, viola and cello sounding in the key D with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The free sheet music score available from PlentyMusic has individual parts appended to the full score. String players can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The function of these accompaniments is to provide an ensemble playing experience for violin players in a home studio situation. The violin 2 and viola parts are quite challenging to play and so an introductory 2 bar wood block introduction can be heard on the accompaniment mp3. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the violin 1 player to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. saxophone quartet | intermediate level | E Flat major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for saxophone quartet comprising soprano Show More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, 2 alto and baritone saxophones sounding in the key Eb with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The free sheet music score available from PlentyMusic has individual parts appended to the full score. Saxophonists can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The function of these accompaniments is to provide an ensemble playing experience for soprano saxophone players in a home studio situation. The alto saxophone parts are quite challenging to play and so an introductory 2 bar wood block introduction can be heard on the accompaniment mp3. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soprano saxophone player to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. clarinet quartet | intermediate level | E Flat major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarin Show More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet sounding in Eb with the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score playing back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The free sheet music score available from PlentyMusic has individual parts appended to the full score. Clarinettists can view and hear the video sheet music score on our YouTube channel. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The function of these accompaniments is to provide an ensemble playing experience from clarinet in Bb players in a home studio situation. The lilting clarinet in Bb parts 2 and 3 are quite challenging to play and so an introductory 2 bar wood block intro can be heard on the accompaniment mp3. Should an additional parts be required for a clarinet in Eb please advise the PlentyMusic office. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the clarinet in Bb 1 player to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic are keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. cello & piano | intermediate level | F major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical / romantic music repertoire. In this arrangement for cello with piano accompan Show More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical / romantic music repertoire. In this arrangement for cello with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played to communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Waltz No.15 Opus 39 arr. piano solo | intermediate level

Johannes Brahms Waltz Opus 39 No. 15 arranged for solo piano The realisation plays back at 108 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The susta Show More...

Johannes Brahms Waltz Opus 39 No. 15 arranged for solo piano The realisation plays back at 108 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The sustaining pedal is used throughout the movement and has been indicated in the score for the first two lines of the sheet music. Pedalling principles can be quite confusing but the music editor offers the following advice: i) the sustaining pedal can be used sparingly with a ¼ pedal or incrementally as a ½, ¾ or full pedal ii) The pedal normally changes when the harmony or chord changes iii) the pedal is depressed essentially just after first sound that needs to be captured with a pedal sound iv) the pedal is released as the notes are depressed for the change in harmony then depressed again (In this movement release the pedal on the first beat of the bar and depress it again before sounding the second beat) The pdf music score available from PlentyMusic has the pedalling clearly indicated for the first two lines of music. The intention must be to avoid muddiness in the sound. v) too much pedalling or over pedalling causes too harmonic confusion (muddiness) in the sound vi) the music editor suggests a change of pedal on the first and third beat of the bar This is an excellent performance piece but does need to be well prepared as a popular piece a pianist cannot afford to make even the tiniest of mistakes. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period is also a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch certainly in their melody playing. Whilst there are staccato markings in the left hand part this is hidden by the use of the sustain pedal. There is an indication in the score for many of the chords to be arpeggiated imitating the sound of the harp. Not all the chords are played in this way although some pianists adopt the technique for all chords in the movement. The speed of the arpeggio is something that the software used is not able to control and the arpeggios in the realisation are possibly a little on the slow side. The last eight bars particularly need to be played with a light touch and probably warrants some separate practice. The notes to be sounded in the right hand on the first beat of bars 41 and 42 are Ab5 & F6. The other notes are tied oved from the previous bar. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as AABABA . The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. The waltz emerged as a popular dance form in secular music during the 19th century and was used in both vocal and instrumental music. The music editor suggests that playing this movement is excellent preparation for playing music by Scott Joplin and other composers of the ragtime era. Being able to play the left hand chord progressions particularly with the left hand is a challenge but has great relevance and context in the playing of modern piano music. Chopin’s piano music similarly offers great preparation. Analysis of the movement from the harmonic point of view reveals that the tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale of Ab all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. It remains the essence of why the music and musical journey of movements were so attractive and appealing to the musical ear. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This miniature requires a relatively basic keyboard technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music on a piano. The music editor also suggests that it excellent preparation for playing the popular music from a later generation namely ragtime. Joplin was well prepared as a composer by playing the music of Chopin. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. There is a piano duet version of the waltz also available. Close

Waltz No.15 Opus 39 arr. piano duet | intermediate level

Johannes Brahms Waltz Opus 39 No. 15 arranged for piano duet. The primo part player contributes with the melodic element whilst the secondo player pla Show More...

Johannes Brahms Waltz Opus 39 No. 15 arranged for piano duet. The primo part player contributes with the melodic element whilst the secondo player plays the bass and chords. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo parts. The primo part sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniments are available playing at 96, 100, 104. 108 and 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players in respect to managing the music desk. The realisation plays back at 108 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. The last eight bars particularly in the primo part need to be played with a light touch. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as ABABA The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. In the video score, which can be viewed on our YouTube Channel the graphics, namely the score detail, behaves rather consistently and some are missing Brahms Waltzes Opus 39 were composed in 1865 a time in music history when piano duets were very popular particularly for use in music rooms in 19th century homes. Along with other more intimate music of the time, such as lied (song) they were often described as being salon music. Schubert, Brahms, Dvorak and others composed music specifically intended to be played as piano duets whilst there were arrangements of symphonies and other music of the day. The waltz emerged as a popular dance form in secular music during the 19th century and was used in both vocal and instrumental music. Analysis particularly of the secondo part reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale of A all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. The piano available to Brahms in the late 1860’s would have had a much thinner sound compared with a modern instrument. As the tonal qualities would not have as been as strong as a modern piano players may need to consider softening and quietening their approach to playing the bass octaves. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This miniature requires a relatively basic keyboard technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music on a keyboard. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. There are many piano duets to explore on the PlentyMusic website and more will be added in the future. There is a solo piano version of the waltz also available. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. trumpet in B flat (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the the trumpet player contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist plays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. viola (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for viola playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movement Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for viola playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the violist contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist plays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A viola part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. French horn (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for French horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent mo Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for French horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the French horn player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the French horn contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist plays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A French horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. English horn (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for English horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent m Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for English horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the horn player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the English horn contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist cplays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. clarinet in B flat (middle voice 2) & piano

J. S. Bach’s Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are exc Show More...

J. S. Bach’s Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve #musicpractice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the alto saxophonist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the clarinet player in Bb plays voice 2 with the pianist contributing voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. alto saxophone (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for alto saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mus Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for alto saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines and strategies. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the alto saxophonist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the alto saxophonist plays voice 2 with the pianist contributing with voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve musi Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the trumpet player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. Playing the voice 2 arrangement may well be an easier option In this arrangement the trumpet player plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voices 2 and 3 . The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. There is a one note octave transposition in bar 51 and oboists may choose to play the middle C in the previous bar an octave higher to keep the shape of the line/voice. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. violin and piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for violin and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music pract Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for violin and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violinist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the violinist plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A violin part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. soprano saxophone in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for soprano saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for soprano saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the soprano saxophone player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the soprano saxophonist plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mus Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the clarinettist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the clarinet plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An clarinet part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. oboe & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for oboe and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practic Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for oboe and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the oboist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the oboe plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. There is a one note octave transposition in bar 51 and oboists may choose to play the middle C in the previous bar an octave higher to keep the shape of the line/voice. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. flute & piano.

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 by J.S. Bach arranged for flute and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music pra Show More...

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 by J.S. Bach arranged for flute and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the flute player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the flute plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A flute part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. There is just one octave transposition in bar 51 and flautists may choose to play the middle C in the previous bar an octave higher to keep the shape of the line/voice. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. double reed woodwind trio | oboe, English horn & bassoon

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for double reed woodwind trio of oboe, English horn & bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for double reed woodwind trio of oboe, English horn & bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Woodwind accompaniments, featuring the English horn and bassoon, playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the flute player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the oboe plays voice 1, the English horn voice 2 and the bassoon voice 3. The woodwind trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Instrument parts are appended to the full music score. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. Woodwind players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that feature in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed with a clarity and intention. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. woodwind trio | flute, clarinet in Bb & bassoon

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb & bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb & bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Woodwind accompaniments, featuring the clarinet in Bb and bassoon, playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the flute player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the flute plays voice 1, the clarinet in Bb voice 2 and the bassoon voice 3. The woodwind trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Instrument parts are appended to the full music score. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. Woodwind players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that feature in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed with a clarity and intention. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. saxophone trio | soprano, alto & baritone saxophones

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for saxophone trio. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practic Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for saxophone trio. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Saxophone accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the soprano saxophone player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the soprano saxophone plays voice 1, the alto saxophone voice 2 and the baritone saxophone voice 3. The saxophone trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. Saxophonists should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. clarinet trio

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet trio The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet trio The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Clarinet accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the clarinet in Bb 1 player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement clarinets in Bb 1 and 2 play voices 1 and 2 whilst the bass clarinet contributes with voice 3. The clarinet trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Appropriately transposed instrument parts are appended to the full music score. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. Clarinettists should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed with an objective approach. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. marimba, guitar & upright bass.

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for marimba, guitar & upright bass. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to impro Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for marimba, guitar & upright bass. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the marimba player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the marimba plays voice 1, the guitar voice 2 and the upright bass voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The guitar and double bass are both transposing instruments and sound an octave lower than written. This means that the bass part is an octave lower than intended from Bach’s original writing. In the realisation an electric guitar sound has been used but could be substituted by an acoustic guitar. For that matter, an electric bass could also substitute for an upright bass. The fact that the bass sound is an octave lower does create great space in the texture. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. brass trio | trumpet in Bb, French horn & bass trombone

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for brass trio of trumpet in Bb, French horn & bass trombone The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are exc Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for brass trio of trumpet in Bb, French horn & bass trombone The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Brass accompaniments, featuring the French horn and bass trombone, playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the trumpet in B flat player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the trumpet in Bb plays voice 1, the French horn voice 2 and the bass trombone voice 3. The brass trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Appropriately transposed instrument parts are appended to the full music score. Please advise the PlentyMusic office should you require any additional arrangements and accompaniments with a specification as to the instrumentation and tempo. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. Brass players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that feature in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed with a clarity and intention. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. string trio of violin, viola & cello

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for string trio of violin, viola & cello. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for string trio of violin, viola & cello. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. String accompaniments, featuring the viola and cello, playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violinist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the violinist plays voice 1, the violist voice 2 and the cellist voice 3. The string trio realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full music score. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. String players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they are not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed with an objectivity. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. classical guitar trio

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for intermediate level classical guitar trio. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movement Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for intermediate level classical guitar trio. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 transcribed from the key of Gm to Dm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full music score which is available as a download from the PlentyMusic website. In this arrangement each guitar plays one of the voices or parts in the three part Sinfonia The classical guitar trio realisation plays back at 30 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. Guitar accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement as part of an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly explains or at suggests one of the many reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument requiring the need for a second person to operate the bellows was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, and sequence feature strongly in this particular sinfonia. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. woodwind trio (double reed)

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for a double reed woodwind trio of oboe, English horn (Cor anglais) and bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for a double reed woodwind trio of oboe, English horn (Cor anglais) and bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. Woodwind parts for oboe, English horn, appropriately transposed and bassoon are appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the oboist plays the higher voice 1, the English horn player the middle voice 2 and the bassoonist voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both in playing and listening contexts. Accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and featuring the clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet parts are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences occurring in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. woodwind trio

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellen Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. Woodwind parts for flute, clarinet in Bb appropriately transposed and bassoon are appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the flautist plays the higher voice 1, the clarinet in Bb plays the middle voice 2 and the bassoon player voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both in playing and listening contexts. Accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and featuring the clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet parts are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences occurring in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. saxophone trio

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. saxophone trio Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for saxophone trio of soprano, alto and baritone saxophones. The Sinfon Show More...

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. saxophone trio Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for saxophone trio of soprano, alto and baritone saxophones. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. Saxophone parts appropriately transposed are appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the soprano saxophonist plays the higher voice 1, the alto saxophonist plays the middle voice 2 and the baritone saxophonist voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both in playing and listening contexts. Accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and featuring the clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet parts are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences occurring in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. clarinet trio

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet trio of 2 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excelle Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet trio of 2 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. Clarinet parts appropriately transposed are appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement clarinet in B flat 1 plays the higher voice 1, the clarinet in Bb 2 plays the middle voice 2 and the bass clarinet voice 3. The trio realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both in playing and listening contexts. Accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and featuring the clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet parts are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences occurring in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. trumpet in B Flat (middle voice) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensembl Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the trumpet player plays the middle voice 2 whilst the pianist contributes with voices 1 and 3 The trumpet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note beats crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. clarinet in B Flat (middle voice) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemb Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the clarinetist plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. alto saxophone & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for alto saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensem Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for alto saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. An alto saxphone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the alto saxophonist plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The alto saxophone and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. viola & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for viola & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for viola & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. A viola part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the violist plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The viola and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music p Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 sounds in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A trumpet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the trumpet player plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The trumpet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. violin & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for violin & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for violin & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A violin part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the violinist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The soprano saxophone and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for soprano saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mus Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for soprano saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the soprano saxophonist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The soprano saxophone and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. oboe & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for oboe & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice r Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for oboe & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. An oboe part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the oboist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The oboe and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in B Flat & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mu Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in B Flat & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the clarinetist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23 Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. flute & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for flute & piano The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice r Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for flute & piano The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. A flute part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the flute plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano contributes with voices 2 and 3 The flute and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Tambourin arr. brass quintet

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for brass quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Plenty Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for brass quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for a well prepared brass group. The arrangement is scored for 2 trumpets in Bb, French horn, trombone and tuba. A bass trombone can be used as a substitute for the tuba. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 112 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge solo players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the trumpet in Bb 1 part in the section 51-57. The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Individual parts for the 5 instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments / backing tracks are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute giving the trumpet in Bb 1 the opportunity to practice in context. ? Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. saxophone quintet

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for saxophone quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Pl Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for saxophone quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for a well prepared and competent saxophone group. The arrangement is scored for soprano, 2 alto tenor and baritone saxophones. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 112 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge solo players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the clarinet in Bb 1 part in the section 51-57. The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Individual parts for the 5 instruments are appended to the full score in the pdf download. Accompaniments / backing tracks are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute giving the soprano saxophonist the opportunity to practice in context. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. clarinet quintet

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for clarinet quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Ple Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for clarinet quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for a well prepared clarinet group. The arrangement is scored for 3 clarinets in Bb and 2 bass clarinets. If there is an Eb clarinet available please advise the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will update the score. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 112 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge solo players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the clarinet in Bb 1 part in the section 51-57. The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Individual parts for the 5 instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments / backing tracks are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute giving the clarinet in Bb 1 the opportunity to practice in context. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France. He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. wind quintet

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for wind quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for wind quintet. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a concert piece. The arrangement is scored for flute, oboe, clarinet in Bb, horn in F (French horn) and bassoon. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 112 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge solo players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the clarinet in Bb 1 part in the section 51- 57. The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Individual parts for the 5 instruments are appended to the full score in the pdf download. Accompaniments / backing tracks are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute giving the flute player the opportunity to practice in context. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. piano

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for solo piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music from PlentyMusic. A short but very appe Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for solo piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a performance piece. The choice of tempo, managing the figuration in the section from bars 51-57 and how the melody is articulated especially from bars 80–89 identify are just some of the performance challenges to be considered. The dance element is particularly strong in French music and this dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has not indicated the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players need to play the movement at as brisk a tempo as possible. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 57. The music editor suggests playing the 7 bars first as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in B flat & bassoon

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for woodwind trio scored for flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the duration of the notes in this melancholy movement. The woodwind trio realisation plays back at 42 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune) in group music making contexts. No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments that feature the clarinet in Bb and bassoon are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. string trio of violin, viola & cello

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for string trio scored for violin, viola & cello. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the duration of the notes in this melancholy movement. The string trio realisation plays back at 42 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune) in group music making contexts. No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments that feature the viola and cello are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. saxophone trio of soprano, alto and baritone saxophones

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for saxophone trio. The arrangement is scored for soprano, alto and baritone saxophones As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the duration of the notes. The saxophone trio realisation plays back at 42 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune) in group music making contexts. No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments that feature the alto and baritone saxophone parts are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. clarinet trio

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for clarinet trio. The arrangement is scored for two clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The clarinet trio realisation plays back at 42 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune) in group music making. No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments that feature the clarinet 2 and bass clarinet parts are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. trumpet in B flat and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for trumpet in Bb & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The trumpet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. violin and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve #musicpractice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve #musicpractice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for violin & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values The violin and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Bach J. S. | Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. soprano saxophone and piano J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Show More...

Bach J. S. | Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. soprano saxophone and piano J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for soprano saxophone & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for clarinet in Bb & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. oboe and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for oboe & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The oboe and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. flute & piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for flute & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The flute and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. flute, clarinet in B flat and bassoon.

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. This trio version realis Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for woodwind trio of flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. This trio version realisation plays back at 56 quarter or crotchet beats to the minute. The sinfonias are conceived in three parts or voices and are excellent ensemble pieces encouraging players to listen to each other. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all players need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the quarter note or crotchet pulse. Ornaments have not been marked in the sheet music score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for three instruments The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments are available featuring the alto and baritone saxophone providing opportunity for flute players to develop their ensemble playing in a home practice situation. They play at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter or crotchet beats notes to the minute They are recorded at 256kbps and a two bar introduction gives the pulse Please feedback your experience both positive and negative to PlentyMusic. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. saxophone trio of soprano, alto & baritone saxophones

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for saxophone trio of of soprano, alto and baritone saxophones This trio version Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for saxophone trio of of soprano, alto and baritone saxophones This trio version realisation plays back at 56 quarter or crotchet beats to the minute. The sinfonias are conceived in three parts or voices and are excellent ensemble pieces encouraging players to listen to each other. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all players need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the quarter note or crotchet pulse. Ornaments have not been marked in the sheet music score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for three instruments The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments are available featuring the alto and baritone saxophone providing opportunity for soprano saxophone players to develop their ensemble playing in a home practice situation. They play at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter or crotchet beats notes to the minute They are recorded at 256kbps and a two bar introduction gives the pulse Please feedback your experience both positive and negative to PlentyMusic. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. string trio of violin, viola & cello

An arrangement of J.S.Bach’s Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 for string trio of violin, viola and cello This trio version realisations plays back at 56 quarter Show More...

An arrangement of J.S.Bach’s Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 for string trio of violin, viola and cello This trio version realisations plays back at 56 quarter or crotchet beats to the minute. The sinfonias are conceived in three parts or voices and are excellent ensemble pieces encouraging players to listen to each other. The cellist plays pizzicato in this arrangement. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all players need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the quarter note or crotchet pulse. Ornaments have not been marked in the sheet music score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for three instruments The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Accompaniments are available featuring the viola and cello providing opportunity for violin players to develop their ensemble playing in a home practice situation. They play at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter or crotchet beat notes to the minute They are recorded at 256kbps and a two bar introduction gives the pulse Please feedback your experience both positive and negative to PlentyMusic. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. violin and piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for violin and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for violin and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for trumpet in B flat and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for trumpet in B flat and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. soprano saxophone & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for soprano saxophone and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for soprano saxophone and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the sheet music score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. oboe & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for oboe and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music edi Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for oboe and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. clarinet in B flat & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for clarinet in Bb and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. Th Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for clarinet in Bb and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions with regard to the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played, with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. flute and piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for flute and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music e Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for flute and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions with regard to the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played, with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Julia Florida arr. piano solo

Julia Florida by Agustín Barrios is an intermediate level piano transcription of a popular guitar work by the Paraguyan composer. Barrios was also a Show More...

Julia Florida by Agustín Barrios is an intermediate level piano transcription of a popular guitar work by the Paraguyan composer. Barrios was also a gifted poet and artist born in a country with a strong folk harp playing tradition. His music, relatively unknown outside guitar circles, includes 100 original movements and some 200 arrangements of music by other composers. He also recorded and established a teaching tradition and legacy for the playing of the instrument. His music can be identified with the late romantic tradition and is influenced by the folk music of South America , religious and European art music traditions especially the baroque. The re-discovery of his music in the 1970’s is particularly due to the playing his music by the classical guitarist. John Williams This transcription from guitar to piano very much keeps to the composer’s original intention. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested as is tempo rubato. The piano arrangement generally keeps to the voicing and intention of the guitar with the occasional addition of octaves where they are considered appropriate. There are some variants as to how the movement closes. The movement is composed in the style of a barcarola or barcarolle which originates as a Venetian gondolier's song and features a 6/8 time signature combined with gently rocking rhythmic shapes. Close

Let me cry (Lascia ch’io pianga) arr. piano & organ

Handel’s Let me cry (Lascia ch’io pianga ) from the opera Rinaldo in an intermediate level arrangement for organ and piano. The aria or song is ta Show More...

Handel’s Let me cry (Lascia ch’io pianga ) from the opera Rinaldo in an intermediate level arrangement for organ and piano. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. Those who enjoy improvising can always record their work can send it as an mp3 to the PlentyMusic office for feedback. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor makes the observation that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arranged piano solo

The spirit of the English pastoral tradition is captured perfectly in this movement from Warlock’s Capriol Suite. There are also some beautiful moda Show More...

The spirit of the English pastoral tradition is captured perfectly in this movement from Warlock’s Capriol Suite. There are also some beautiful modal conflicts reflecting the composer’s interest in the music Elizabethan music and particularly that of John Dowland. There are some compromises in the voicing of the lines particularly in the closing section whilst bar 13 requires some careful note reading in the left hand. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal conflict that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. (44 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The voice leading at times quite a challenge to follow and for players really interested in understanding the musical elements should refer to the score for string orchestra. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Organ Sonata Opus 65 No. 3

An intermediate level movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially Show More...

An intermediate level movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is more than a suggestion that the composer was well schooled in the disciplines of counterpoint and harmony. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. A generally quiet movement, clarinet players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. The video score/ realisation plays back at 76 quarter note beats to the minute. Mendelssohn was an extremely popular composer in England. Described as a romantic composer he leans more to the classical line of the tradition along with composers Schubert (1797 – 1828) Chopin (1810 – 1849) and Brahms (1833- 1897) rather than the more radical represented by Berlioz (1803 – 1869), Liszt (1811 – 1886), and Wagner (1813-1883). Schumann (1810 - 1856) is the composer who interestingly links the two threads. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Organ Sonata Opus 65 No. 3 arranged for brass quintet

An intermediate level arrangement for brass quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. The score is available as pdf download from PlentyM Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for brass quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. The score is available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. mp3 accompaniments are also available. Scored for 2 trumpets in Bb, French horn (horn in F), trombone and tuba or bass trombone. Individual parts for instrumentalists are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the flute and oboe parts. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. A generally quiet movement, clarinet players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. The video score/ realisation plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 72, 76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling flute players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Should there be a requirement to substitute an additional brass instrument please advise the PlentyMusic office. Mendelssohn was an extremely popular composer in England. Described as a romantic composer he leans more to the classical line of the tradition along with composers Schubert (1797 – 1828) Chopin (1810 – 1849) and Brahms (1833- 1897) rather than the more radical represented by Berlioz (1803 – 1869), Liszt (1811 – 1886), and Wagner (1813-1883). Schumann (1810 - 1856) is the composer who interestingly links the two threads. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Organ Sonata Opus 65 No. 3 arranged for clarinet quintet

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for 4 clarinets in Bb and a bass clarinet Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for 4 clarinets in Bb and a bass clarinet, individual parts for instrumentalists are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata Opus 65 No.3 transposed to sound in the key of Bb. It is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the flute and oboe parts. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. A generally quiet movement, clarinet players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. The realisation plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 72, 76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling clarinet in Bb 1 players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Should there be a requirement for a clarinet in Eb part to substitute for the Clarinet in Bb 1 part please advise the PlentyMusic office. Mendelssohn was an extremely popular composer in England. Described as a romantic composer he leans more to the classical line of the tradition along with composers Schubert (1797 – 1828) Chopin (1810 – 1849) and Brahms (1833- 1897) rather than the more radical represented by Berlioz (1803 – 1869), Liszt (1811 – 1886), and Wagner (1813-1883). Schumann (1810 - 1856) is the composer who interestingly links the two threads. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Sonata No. 3 in A Opus 65 No. 3 arranged saxophone quintet

An intermediate level arrangement for saxophone quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for soprano, 2 alto, tenor and baritone Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for saxophone quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for soprano, 2 alto, tenor and baritone saxophones, individual parts for instrumentalists are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 72, 76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling soprano saxophone players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Should more accompaniments be needed possibly for other instruments in the ensemble please advise the PlentyMusic Office. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. The realisation plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute. Mendelssohn was an extremely popular composer in England. Described as a romantic composer he leans more to the classical line of the tradition along with composers Schubert (1797 – 1828) Chopin (1810 – 1849) and Brahms (1833- 1897) rather than the more radical represented by Berlioz (1803 – 1869), Liszt (1811 – 1886), and Wagner (1813-1883). Schumann (1810 - 1856) is the composer who interestingly links the two threads. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Organ Sonata Opus 65 No. 3 arranged for string quintet

An intermediate level arrangement for string quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for 2 violins, 2 violas and cello, individu Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for string quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for 2 violins, 2 violas and cello, individual parts for instrumentalists are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the flute and oboe parts. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. A generally quiet movement, string players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. The realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 72, 76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling violin players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Close

Andante tranquillo | Second Movement from Organ Sonata Opus 65 No.3 arranged wind quintet

An intermediate level arrangement for wind quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for flute, oboe, clarinet in A, French horn ( Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for wind quintet of a movement from a Mendelssohn organ sonata. Scored for flute, oboe, clarinet in A, French horn (horn in F) and bassoon, individual parts for instrumentalists are appended to the full score available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. This is the second movement from the Organ Sonata in A Opus 65 No.3 and is essentially a chorale or hymn much in keeping with the chorale of J. S. Bach although Mendelssohn’s harmonic language is chromatic rather than diatonic. There is opportunity to slow down and pause at the ends of phrases although there is only one such marking in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the flute and oboe parts. Playing chorale arrangements like this are excellent for developing ensemble playing and good intonation. A generally quiet movement, woodwind players should be aiming for a legato in their playing. The video realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. mp3 accompaniments are available playing at 72, 76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling flute players to participate in ensemble activities as part of their practice routines. Mendelssohn was an extremely popular composer in England. Described as a romantic composer he leans more to the classical line of the tradition along with composers Schubert (1797 – 1828) Chopin (1810 – 1849) and Brahms (1833- 1897) rather than the more radical represented by Berlioz (1803 – 1869), Liszt (1811 – 1886), and Wagner (1813-1883). Schumann (1810 - 1856) is the composer who interestingly links the two threads. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged bassoon and piano

This intermediate level arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for bassoon with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. A ba Show More...

This intermediate level arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for bassoon with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. A bassoon part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Instrumentalists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts and open to different interpretation. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ creating a very different interpretation. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for oboe and piano

This intermediate level arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene is scored for oboe with piano accompaniment. An oboe part is appended to the full sco Show More...

This intermediate level arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene is scored for oboe with piano accompaniment. An oboe part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Players should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for clarinet in B flat and piano

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. A clarinet p Show More...

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. A clarinet part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Instrumentalists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for flute and piano

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for flute with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. Rheinberger was a prolifi Show More...

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for flute with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. The arrangement is scored for flute with piano accompaniment whilst a flute part is appended to the full score available on the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Players should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach.The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilena from Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor Opus 148

J. Rheinberger’s #Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 for organ is a late 19th work which can be understood to be updated version of a Bach choral Show More...

J. Rheinberger’s #Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 for organ is a late 19th work which can be understood to be updated version of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms in respect to the chromatic harmony. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually very untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Organists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach.The melody needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts.The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniments. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 arranged for classical guitar quartet

This arrangement for classical guitar quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for 4 classical guitars. Instrumental Show More...

This arrangement for classical guitar quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for 4 classical guitars. Instrumental parts for individual players are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available allowing the guitar 1 player to enjoy ensemble practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the 3 guitars start to sound. They play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of the chromatic harmony of Brahms. In this arrangement the music has been transposed up a tone from the key of F to the key of G. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint, particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment, is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually very untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Guitarists should play with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played in a quiet and sustained manner.The melody needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often with tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that suggests the influence of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for woodwind quartet of flute, oboe, clarinet in B flat and bassoon

This arrangement for woodwind quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for flute, oboe, clarinet in B flat and basso Show More...

This arrangement for woodwind quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for flute, oboe, clarinet in B flat and bassoon. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available allowing the violin 1 player to enjoy ensemble practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the violin 2, viola and cello start to sound. They play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually very untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Instrumentalists need to play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts.Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for string quartet

This arrangement for string quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for two violins, viola and cello. Instrumental Show More...

This arrangement for string quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for two violins, viola and cello. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available allowing the violin 1 player to enjoy ensemble practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the violin 2, viola and cello start to sound. They play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. It is a late 19th work which can be understood to be updated version of a Bach chorale harmonisation. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. The cello plays pizzicato except at the end of phrases. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. String players should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for clarinet quartet

This arrangement for clarinet quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for three clarinets in B flat and bass clarin Show More...

This arrangement for clarinet quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for three clarinets in B flat and bass clarinet. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available allowing the clarinet 1 player to enjoy ensemble practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the clarinets 2 and 3 and the bass clarinet start to sound. The accompaniments play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. The movement is scored for three clarinets in B flat and bass clarinet. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Please advise the PlentyMusic office if you require an Eb clarinet included. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually very untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Clarinetists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small decorative do not always sound in the realisations and are best omitted certainly when learning the piece. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The parts all need to be played with rhythmic accuracy and security.The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for saxophone quartet

This arrangement for saxophone quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxoph Show More...

This arrangement for saxophone quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxophones. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available allowing the soprano saxophone player to enjoy ensemble practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the alto, tenor and baritone saxophones start to sound. The accompaniments play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually not typical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Saxophonists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for brass quartet

This arrangement for brass quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for trumpet in Bb, French horn (horn in F) tromb Show More...

This arrangement for brass quartet of Rheinberger’s Cantilene from his Organ Sonata No.11 is scored for trumpet in Bb, French horn (horn in F) trombone and bass trombone or tuba. Instrumental parts for individual instruments are appended to the full score. Accompaniments are also available enabling trumpet players to practice in context. There is a one bar eighth note (quaver) click track before the French horn, trombone and bass trombone start to sound. The accompaniments play back at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is actually very untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Brass players should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes in the score frequently do not sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is first being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts needs to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Canción

The Spanish composer Manuel de Falla composed his Canción in 1900. An intermediate level piano solo - it is a jewel of the 20th century Spanish piano Show More...

The Spanish composer Manuel de Falla composed his Canción in 1900. An intermediate level piano solo - it is a jewel of the 20th century Spanish piano repertoire. Canción is composition for piano in triple time dating from 1900. The opening bars are quite reminiscent of Satie’s music. In a very short space of time the composer takes the player on a simply amazing harmonic and musical journey. Manuel de Falla is widely considered to be the greatest 20th century Spanish composer. The piece is an exploration of a melody in different modalities, textures and styles. The use of the sustaining pedal is indicated in the opening bars of the sheet music score and then the pattern is continued. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch and there are some subtle changes of tempo to manage particularly at the end of phrases. The Animando e cresc section should be started at the beginning of bar 21. Close

Gnoissienne No. 1 piano solo

Gnoissienne No. 1 an intermediate level piano solo dating from 1890 and was composed by Erik Satie one of the most eccentric and individual composers Show More...

Gnoissienne No. 1 an intermediate level piano solo dating from 1890 and was composed by Erik Satie one of the most eccentric and individual composers in the history of music. The movement is frequently associated with images particularly in video documentaries that convey sadness and melancholy. Satie’s sound world is both individual and characteristic. There is a strong repetitive element whilst the timeless element is also an additional feature. Satie was a composer who experimented with form, rhythm and both chordal structures and sounds. A miniaturist his music connects with many because his sound world retains great contemporary appeal. The first 3 Gnoissiennes were published in 1893 and do not have time signatures or bar lines and are described as being in free time. The score available from PlentyMusic has this and an additional appended score which does have the time signature and bar lines in place. Bar lines are so easy on the eye and the music editor suggests should never be totally ignored. The playback tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minute suggesting a more Moderato tempo than Lento. Understand that music tempi in general have quickened in the last 100 years. The use of the sustaining pedal is recommended but not indicated in the sheet music score. Saties’s Gnoissienne are similar to the Gymnopedie’s in style and concept and musical language. Satie lived in Paris and there are some fascinating commentaries about his daily life and work routines which involved walking from his apartment in Accueil to Paris particularly to Montmartre and after WW1 to Montparnasse. They are well worth exploring particularly as they give insight to his approach to life and composition. When he died much of his music was rediscovered simply because it was buried in a piano below a piano. Work this one if you can or research more. He is a quite extraordinary composer who more than 100 years after his death remains even more extraordinary and certainly suggests he lived well before his time. Possibly in more recent times he would be described as being somebody with OCD (obsessive compulsive disorder) although that is a diagnosis for a psychologist rather than a music editor. Satie’s music translates well into other idioms such as jazz. He remains a composer who whose music should be explored by all musicians. Close

Siciliana from String Trio Opus 17 No.1 arr. brass trio

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Gia Show More...

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored for trumpet in Bb, French horn and bass trombone. Giardini’s string trio’s music are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the realisation of the score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. The chromatic element is a feature in the writing. Accompaniments are available for the trumpet in Bb playing at 42, 44, 46 and 48 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are required French horn and bass trombone practice please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative and the music editor is aware of at least one please do advise the PlentyMusic Office with an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a sheet music version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main music centes of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio in E Flat Opus 17 No.1 arr. organ

An intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for organ of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini. Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for organ of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini. This is a 4 part arrangement or music originally conceived for 3 voices. Giardini’s string trio’s are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the video score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative please do send the PlentyMusic Office an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a notated version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main cities of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio Opus 17 No.1

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored Show More...

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored for violin, viola and cello. Giardini’s string trio’s music are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the realisation of the score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. The chromatic element is a feature in the writing. Accompaniments are available for the violin playing at 42, 44, 46 and 48 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are required for viola and cello practice please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative and the music editor is aware of at least one please do advise the PlentyMusic Office with an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a sheet music version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main music centres of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio Opus 17 No.1 arr. saxophone trio

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Show More...

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored for a combination of soprano, alto and tenor saxophones. Giardini’s trio’s music are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the realisation of the score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. The chromatic element is a feature in the writing. Accompaniments are available for the soprano saxophone playing at 42, 44, 46 and 48 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are required for alto and tenor saxophone practice please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative and the music editor is aware of at least one please do advise the PlentyMusic Office with an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a sheet music version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main music centres of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio Opus 17 No.1 arr. clarinet trio

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored Show More...

This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini is scored for 2 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet. Giardini’s string trio’s music are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the realisation of the score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. The chromatic element is a feature in the writing. Accompaniments are available for the violin playing at 42, 44, 46 and 48 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are required for clarinet in Bb 2 and bass clarinet practice please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative and the music editor is aware of at least one please do advise the PlentyMusic Office with an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a sheet music version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main music centes of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio in E Flat Opus 17 No.1 arr. woodwind trio

An intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for woodwind trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Gia Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for woodwind trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini. This trio arrangement is for flute, clarinet in Bb and bassoon. Giardini’s string trio’s are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the video score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative please do send the PlentyMusic Office an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a notated version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main cities of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Siciliana from String Trio Opus 17 No.1 arr. classical guitar trio A

An intermediatelevel arrangement from PlentyMusic for classical guitar trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Fel Show More...

An intermediatelevel arrangement from PlentyMusic for classical guitar trio of the second movement Siciliana from the String Trio Opus 17 No. 1 by Felice Giardini transcribed to the key of A. Giardini’s string trio’s music are beautifully crafted works and need to be re-discovered and played. The tempo marking in the sheet music score is Adagio whilst the video score plays back at 44 dotted quarter (crotchet) notes to the minute. Trills begin on the note and have been notated in full in the video score which can be viewed on our YouTube channel. This area of performance practice is one that encourages debate and if instrumentalists have an alternative please do send the PlentyMusic Office an mp3 recording of a performance or rehearsal or even a notated version. The siciliana, siciliano or sicilienne is a slow dance with a lilting rhythm in three time which can be described as a slow jig and features quite strongly in baroque music and in many works since. Such music is often in the minor key, pastoral in character with dotted rhythms frequently prevailing. Its origins are possibly Sicilian because of its association with the Sicilian born Alessandro Scarlatti but more likely to the madrigals of the Italian renaissance. Giardini’s music is familiar to those who sing hymns as the tune Moscow was composed by him. Giardini 1716 – 1796 Italian by birth, was a violinist and composer, who toured widely in Europe settling in England and becoming an orchestra leader of the Italian Opera in London and director of the orchestra at the London Pantheon. He worked closely with his friend and colleague J. C. Bach, familiarly referred to as the the London Bach. For a 15 year period from the mid 1750’s Giardini was considered to be one of the very best performing artists of his time. As a composer his chamber music, particularly his string trios, are best known and his compositional style combines style galant with the classicism of J. C. Bach and the Mannheim school associated with Stamitz. This so called pre-classical period in music is a fascinating period to study because of the great diversity in music across the main cities of Europe. After leaving England in 1784 for Naples his career faltered due mainly to changes in secure financial circumstances. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged cello and classical guitar

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for cello with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A cello par Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for cello with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A cello part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Guitar 2 accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged viola and classical guitar

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for viola with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A violin pa Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for viola with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A violin part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Guitar 2 accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged violin and classical guitar

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for violin with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A violin p Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for violin with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A violin part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Guitar 2 accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged oboe and classical guitar

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for oboe with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. An oboe part Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for oboe with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. An oboe part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Guitar 2 accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged flute and classical guitar + TAB

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. The classic Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. The classical guitar score has both conventional and TAB notation. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. One of the challenges when playing the guitar is that the same note can be played in different places on the fretboard requiring players so often sort out where notes are to be played. Understand that the PlentyMusic score is possibly not the only solution. A flute part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged flute and classical guitar

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A flute pa Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with classical guitar accompaniment sounding in the key of E minor. A flute part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the original piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged trumpet in B flat and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trumpet in B flat with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A trumpet Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trumpet in B flat with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A trumpet in B flat part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged trombone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trombone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of G minor. A trombone part is Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trombone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of G minor. A trombone part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged baritone saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for baritone saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A barito Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for baritone saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A baritone saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged tenor saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of Gm minor. A tenor sa Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of Gm minor. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged alto saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. An saxophone Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. An saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged soprano saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A soprano Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged cello and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for cello with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A cello part is appended to th Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for cello with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A cello part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged viola and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for viola with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A viola part is appended to th Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for viola with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A viola part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged violin and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for violin with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A violin part is appended to Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for violin with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A violin part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged oboe and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for oboe with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor.Piano accompaniments are availabl Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for oboe with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor.Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged bassoon and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for bassoon with piano accompaniment in the key of G minor. Piano accompaniments are avai Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for bassoon with piano accompaniment in the key of G minor. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. A bassoon part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged clarinet in B Flat and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for clarinet with piano accompaniment in the key of D minor. A clarinet part appropriate Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for clarinet with piano accompaniment in the key of D minor. A clarinet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged flute and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with piano accompaniment. A flute part is appended to the full score which is a Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with piano accompaniment. A flute part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged for wind quartet

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for wind quartet comprising flute, oboe, clarinet in A and bassoon. Individual parts are Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for wind quartet comprising flute, oboe, clarinet in A and bassoon. Individual parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged for saxophone quartet

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, alto tenor and baritone saxophones. Individual Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, alto tenor and baritone saxophones. Individual parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged for clarinet quartet

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in B flat and bass clarinet. Individual parts Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in B flat and bass clarinet. Individual parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phyrgian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged for brass quartet

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for brass quartet comprising 2 trumpets in B flat, trombone and tuba or bass trombone. In Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for brass quartet comprising 2 trumpets in B flat, trombone and tuba or bass trombone. Individual parts are appended to the full score in the pdf download. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) solo piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic for solo piano. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic for solo piano. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phyrgian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Pianists should explore the ensemble arrangements of this work available on the PlentyMusic website. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged classical guitar duo

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados in an arrangement from PlentyMusic for guitar duo/guitar duet. This popular and appealing intermediate level moveme Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados in an arrangement from PlentyMusic for guitar duo/guitar duet. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phyrgian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. In the video score the ornaments have been written out to clarify how they should be played. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. The arranger has generally avoided doubling the melody part played by the solo instrument in the accompaniment. piano part. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Accompaniments played by classical guitar 2 are available from the PlentyMusic website playing at the following beats per minute 47|94|47, 50|100|50, 53|106|53. The A section is in 6/8 (2 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the bar) and the B section in 3/4 (3 quarter note or crotchet beats to the bar). Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (higher octave) & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the higher octave and piano Gounod’s melody is playe Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the higher octave and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to over use the pedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. violin and piano (lower octave)

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the lower octave and piano Gounod’s melody is played Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the lower octave and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. viola and piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for viola and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violist while the Bac Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for viola and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the trumpet playe Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the trumpet player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of F. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. French horn (horn in F) & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for French horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the French horn pla Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for French horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the French horn player while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. tuba & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tuba and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the tuba while the Bach Pr Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tuba and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the tuba while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. bass trombone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bass trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the bass tromb Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bass trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the bass trombone player while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. trombone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the trombone player w Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the trombone player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of G. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. tenor horn & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the tenor player Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the tenor player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of Bb. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. baritone horn & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the baritone p Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the baritone player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of F. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. English horn (cor anglais) & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the English horn while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. baritone saxophone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the baritone Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the baritone saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. tenor saxophone and piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the tenor saxop Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the tenor saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. alto saxophone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the alto saxopho Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the alto saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. soprano saxophone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the soprano s Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the soprano saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the Key of F which is more appropriate in respect to the pitch range of the soprano saxophone. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. bassoon & piano (F)

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the bassoonist while t Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the bassoonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed from the key of C to F which is more suitable key in respect to exploring the range of the bassoon. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the clarinetist Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the clarinetist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed from the key of C to F which is more suitable key in respect to exploring the range of the clarinet. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. oboe & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the oboist while the Bach Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the oboist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed from the key of C to G which is more suitable key in respect to exploring the best instrumental range of the oboe. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view not that any are indicated in the PlentyMusic score. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are also as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. flute & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for flute and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while the Ba Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for flute and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has is in the key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised by the flautists so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to over use the pedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (lower octave) & classical guitar

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist Show More...

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist at the lower octave option whilst the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The one that features in this arrangement is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude copied as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this when it is appropriate. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are also available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (higher octave) & classical guitar

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist Show More...

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist at the higher octave whilst the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The accompaniment that features in this arrangement is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude copied as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this when it is appropriate. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pickup or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are also available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (lower octave) & classical guitar + TAB

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist Show More...

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist in the lower octave option whilst the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The first as featured in this arrangement has some of the chord voicing altered enabling it to be played essentially without moving up (or at least too far up) the fretboard. Chords are mostly played in what is described as first position incorporating the first 4 frets on the guitar with the odd exception or two. There is a TAB chart available with this score. The second accompaniment is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude copied as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this when it is appropriate. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are also available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (higher octave) & classical guitar + TAB

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist Show More...

In this arrangement from PlentyMusic of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” for violin and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist at the higher octave whilst the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The first as featured in this arrangement has some of the chord voicing altered enabling it to be played essentially without moving up (or at least too far up) the fretboard. Chords are mostly played in what is described as first position incorporating the first 4 frets on the guitar with the odd exception or two. There is a TAB chart available with this score. The second accompaniment is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude copied as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this when it is appropriate. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are also available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one Close

Ave Maria arr. flute & classical guitar

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod Ave Maria from PlentyMusic for flute and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while t Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod Ave Maria from PlentyMusic for flute and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The accompaniment that features in this arrangement is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude copied as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this where it is appropriate. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. This is available as a separate download. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. flute & classical guitar

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod Ave Maria from PlentyMusic for flute and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while t Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod Ave Maria from PlentyMusic for flute and classical guitar Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the guitarist. There are two guitar accompaniments currently available on the PlentyMusic website for the classical guitarist to play. The accompaniment in this score has some of the chord voicing altered enabling it to be played essentially without moving up (or at least too far up) the fretboard. Chords are mostly played in what is described as first position incorporating the first 4 frets on the guitar with the odd exception or two. There is a TAB chart available with this score The second accompaniment is a transcription of Bach’s Prelude in as literally as possible from the original J.S. Bach score although a competent guitarist may choose to edit this where it is appropriate. This is available as a separate download. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played on the classical guitar in an even and as controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Guitar accompaniments are available playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances. The guitar accompaniments available in are essentially a copy of the piano accompaniment. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. organ

In this arrangement for organ from PlentyMusic Gounod’s melody is played on the pedals whilst the hands play Bach’s Prelude in C with the addition Show More...

In this arrangement for organ from PlentyMusic Gounod’s melody is played on the pedals whilst the hands play Bach’s Prelude in C with the additional bar (29) and a repeat of the first 4 bars. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. The challenge for the organist is to play the melody in a singing or legato style suggesting a secure pedal technique. The realisation plays back at 68 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music editor also suggests that it might be appropriate to play the double dotted notes on the pedals in bars 10 and 12 as dotted notes particularly on slow tracker action instruments. For the pianist playing the organ this is probably the most suitable arrangement to learn and play. the accompaniment needs to be played in an even and as rhythmically controlled way as possible. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being suitable as concert music. As this movement is so familiar to the listening audience performers cannot afford to even go near a mistake rather than actually make one! Close

Ave Maria arr. trombone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for trombone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 32 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling trombonists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. trumpet in B Flat and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for trumpet in Bb and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling trumpet players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. French horn (horn in F) and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for French horn (horn in F) and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the sheet music score score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling horn players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute and are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. violin and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for violin and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling violinists players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. In this instance violinists players have the option of playing through the repeat an octave higher. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. viola and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMus Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for viola and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling violists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. In this instance violists have the option of playing through the repeat an octave higher. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. baritone saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for baritone saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling baritone saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Baritone players have the option of playing the repeat at the octave. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMus Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tenor saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling tenor saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. alto saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for alto saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling alto saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for soprano saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling soprano saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. English horn (cor anglais) and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for English horn and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's "Ave Maria" can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling English horn players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. English horn players have the options of playing the repeat at the octave. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. trumpet in B Flat and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano is in the key Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A trumpet in Bb is appended to the full music score on the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. alto saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano is in the ke Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full music score on the pdf available to download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. oboe and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for oboe and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling oboists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. bassoon and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for bassoon and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling bassoonists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediatelevel arrangement from PlentyMusic Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediatelevel arrangement from PlentyMusic is for clarinet in Bb and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling clarinetists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. flute and guitar with TAB

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level flute arrangement wit Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level flute arrangement with classical guitar accompaniment in the key of A and available from PlentyMusic as a pdf sheet music download. It is available as a free score to enable guitarists to feedback to PlentyMusic as to whether or not the chord voicing be modified to make it more playable. The guitar part is notated in both staff notation and TAB. Classical guitar accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 36 and 40 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They are available with and without repeats. Players not playing the repeat will need to remember to take the second ending because the repeats are indicated in the sheet music score. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Many performances that are sung make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring of the melody has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) whilst the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse played as triplets. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. On the repeat the violin player has the option of playing the melody at the octave. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires greater concentration. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated as symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger. The approach for the violinist should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Please do let us hear and possibly share your live performances of the arrangement either by sending us a link or an mp3 or mp4 file which can be forwarded to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. violin and classical guitar

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level violin arrangement wi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level violin arrangement with classical guitar accompaniment in the key of C and available from PlentyMusic as a free sheet music download. It is available as a free score to enable guitarists to feedback to PlentyMusic as to whether or not the chord voicing be modified to make it more playable. The guitar part is notated in staff notation. Classical guitar accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 36 and 40 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They are available with and without repeats. Players not playing the repeat will need to remember to take the second ending because the repeats are indicated in the sheet music score. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Many performances that are sung make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring of the melody has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) whilst the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse played as triplets. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. On the repeat the violin player has the option of playing the melody at the octave. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires greater concentration. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated as symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger. The approach for the violinist should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Please do let us hear and possibly share your live performances of the arrangement either by sending us a link or an mp3 or mp4 file which can be forwarded to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. flute and classical guitar

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level flute arrangement wit Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level flute arrangement with classical guitar accompaniment in the key of A and available from PlentyMusic as a pdf sheet music download. It is available as a free score to enable guitarists to feedback to PlentyMusic as to whether or not the chord voicing be modified to make it more playable. Classical guitar accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 36 and 40 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They are available with and without repeats. Players not playing the repeat will need to remember to take the second ending because the repeats are indicated in the sheet music score. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Many performances that are sung make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring of the melody has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) whilst the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse played as triplets. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. On the repeat the violin player has the option of playing the melody at the octave. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires greater concentration. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated as symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger. The approach for the violinist should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Please do let us hear and possibly share your live performances of the arrangement either by sending us a link or an mp3 or mp4 file which can be forwarded to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. violin and classical guitar + TAB

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level violin arrangement wi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This is an intermediate level violin arrangement with classical guitar accompaniment in the key of C and available from PlentyMusic as a pdf sheet music download.The guitar part is notated in both staff notation and TAB. It is available as a free score to enable guitarists to feedback to PlentyMusic as to whether or not the chord voicing be modified to make it more playable. Classical guitar accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 36 and 40 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They are available with and without repeats. Players not playing the repeat will need to remember to take the second ending because the repeats are indicated in the sheet music score. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Many performances that are sung make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring of the melody has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) whilst the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse played as triplets. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. On the repeat the violin player has the option of playing the melody at the octave. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires greater concentration. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated as symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger. The approach for the violinist should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Please do let us hear and possibly share your live performances of the arrangement either by sending us a link or an mp3 or mp4 file which can be forwarded to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. organ

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This arrangement from PlentyMusic for organ is part Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This arrangement from PlentyMusic for organ is part of the “Encouraging pianists to become occasional organists” collection. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. The pedal notes which are intended to be added when the movement can be played on the manuals and are indicated (apart from the final Bb) in the bass clef with their stems pointing downwards. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. Once a section is played through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always seem to be the case. Young musicians in particular need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated with symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger The approach for the keyboard player should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Close

Ave Maria arr. intermediate level piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level piano arrangement from Plen Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level piano arrangement from PlentyMusic is available as a pdf download. The song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Many performances that are sung make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggest that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's AveMaria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse triplet figuration geatured in the accompaniment. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the sheet music score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. Logic suggests that playing a repeat should be easier to although this not always seem to be the case. Young musicians in particular need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in the video score but are indicated with symbols in the sheet music scores available as pdf download from PlentyMusic. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. Pianists who want to explore and be challenged furthermore can look at Liszt’s arrangement of Schubert’s work. When a movement involves reducing the score, as is the case in this arrangement, it means that some aspects of the music score are omitted. It is worth studying the full vocal score which may clarify some of the challenges that need to be addressed by the arranger The approach for the keyboard player should be to keep the melody wherever possible and when appropriate rhythmically independent of the triplet figuration of the accompaniment. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. baritone saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano is in th Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A baritone saxophone part is appended to the full music score on the pdf available to download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 64 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano is in the k Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A tenor saxophone part is appended to the full music score on the pdf available to download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. violin and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for violin and piano is in the original k Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for violin and piano is in the original key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A violin part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. cello and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for cello and piano is in the original ke Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for cello and piano is in the original key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A cello part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. oboe and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano is in the key of A min Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. An oboe part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. viola & piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for viola and piano is in the key of A mi Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for viola and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A viola part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. trombone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano is in the key of E Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A trombone part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. English horn (cor anglais) and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. An English horn part, appropriately transposed, is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophpne and piano is in the Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophpne and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. bassoon & piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano is in the key of Am Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor whilst a bassoon part is appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece.The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano sounds in th Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano sounds in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music is in the original key of E minor whilst a clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 66, 68, 70, 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that a repeat marking is not shown in the sheet music score. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. flute and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for flute accompanied by piano is in the Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for flute accompanied by piano is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor and a flute part is appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in what are strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the solo melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared.The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 66, 68, 70, 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Please note that a repeat marking is not shown in the sheet music score. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. marimba trio

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for 3 marimba players is in the key of Am Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for 3 marimba players is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor with Individual parts for the players are appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. but they are in place in the sheet music score. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring for a different combination of pitched percussion instruments be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office with details of the instruments and their ranges. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. 2 mandolins and 2 acoustic guitars

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for 2 mandolins and 2 acoustic guitars is Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for 2 mandolins and 2 acoustic guitars is in the key of Em and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music is in the original key of E minor. Individual parts for the players are appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. but they are in place in the sheet music score. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required, possibly for mandolin orchestra, please contact the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. brass quartet

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass quartet is in the key of Am and Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass quartet is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for 2 trumpets in Bb, trombone and tuba or bass trombone with individual parts for players are appended to the full music score in the pdf download. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 66 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. clarinet quartet

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet quartet is in the key of Am Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet quartet is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for 3 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet whilst Individual parts for players are appended to the full music score in the pdf download. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 64 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. saxophone quartet

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone quartet is in the key of Am Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone quartet is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxophones whilst Individual parts for players are appended to the full music score in the pdf download. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 66 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. string quartet

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for string quartet is in the key of Am an Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for string quartet is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for the standard string quartet of 2 violins, viola and cello whilst Individual parts for players are appended to the full music score in the pdf download. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 64 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. acoustic guitar quartet

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for acoustic guitar quartet is in the key Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for acoustic guitar quartet is in the key of Em and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for 4 acoustic guitars ideally either 4 nylon or 4 steel strung guitars should be used. The music has been transposed is in the original key of E minor. Individual parts for the players are appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instruments. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. but they are in place in the sheet music score. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required, possibly a n additional TAB score please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. wind quartet (flute, oboe clarinet in B flat & bassoon)

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive musical work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for wind quartet is in the key of Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive musical work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for wind quartet is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The arrangement is scored for flute, oboe and clarinet in Bb and bassoon. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. Individual parts for the wind instruments are appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for ensemble players to help their tuning and intonation by listening to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely in tune. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the lines to keep to the best and most appropriate range of the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 66 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Should some re-scoring be required please advise the PlentyMusic Office. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. piano (E minor original key)

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement/transcription for solo piano is in the original key of Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement/transcription for solo piano is in the original key of E minor. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84bpm. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. piano (A minor version)

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for solo piano is a transposition of the work to the k Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for solo piano is a transposition of the work to the key of A minor (up a perfect fourth from the original key of Em). The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music. The playback tempo is 84bpm. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. piano (G minor version)

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for solo piano is a transposition of the work to the k Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for solo piano is a transposition of the work to the key of G minor (up a minor third from the original key of Em). The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music. The playback tempo is 84bpm. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. oboe and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for oboe and piano enables players to develop tone, art Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for oboe and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for oboe accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano enables players to deve Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for soprano saxophone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano enables players to develo Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for tenor saxophone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. baritone saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for baritone saxophone and piano enables players to dev Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for baritone saxophone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for baritone saxophone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. violin and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for violin and piano enables players to develop tone, a Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for violin and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for violin accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music is in the original key of E minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. marimba & piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for marimba) and piano enables players to develop a sen Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for marimba) and piano enables players to develop a sense of ensemble in their playing. The arrangement is scored for marimba accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. trumpet in B Flat and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano enables players to develop Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for trumpet in Bb accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. horn in F (French horn) and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for horn in F (French horn) and piano enables players t Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for horn in F (French horn) and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for horn in F (French horn) accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. trombone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trombone and piano enables players to develop tone, Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trombone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for trombone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Gm minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. English horn (Cor Anglais) and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for English horn and piano enables players to develop Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for English horn and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for English horn accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Am minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. alto saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for alto saxophone and piano enables saxophonists to de Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for alto saxophone and piano enables saxophonists to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for viola accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Am minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. cello and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for cello and piano enables cellists to develop tone, a Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for cello and piano enables cellists to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for cello accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music is in the original key for the work E minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. viola and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for viola and piano enables viola players to develop to Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for viola and piano enables viola players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for viola accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Am minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. bassoon and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for bassoon and piano enables bassoon players to develo Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for bassoon and piano enables bassoon players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for bassoon accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano enables clarinet players t Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano enables clarinet players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for clarinet in Bb accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. flute and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for flute and piano enables flute players to develop to Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for flute and piano enables flute players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for flute accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. string quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The string quartet arrang Show More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The string quartet arrangement enables players to explore and develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their ensembleplaying. The arrangement is scored for 2 violins, viola and violoncello. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores also has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. brass quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The brass quartet arrange Show More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The brass quartet arrangement enables players to explore and develop tone, articulation and dynamics in their playing. The arrangement is scored for 2 trumpets in Bb, trombone and tuba. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores also has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. clarinet quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The clarinet quartet arra Show More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The clarinet quartet arrangement enables #clarinettists to explore and develop tone, articulation and dynamics in their playing. The arrangement is scored for 3 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet.The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. marimba quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervntes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for 4 pitc Show More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervntes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for 4 pitched percussion players is a great performance piece enabling marimba players to explore much about the performance of music. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. Some of the articulation markings are a little ambiguous considering the percussive nature of the marimba but have been nevertheless retained. If two marimba are being used then Players 1 and 3 should play on one instrument and Players 2 and 4 on the other. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. The music editor is quite happy to re-score the music for different pitched percussion instruments. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office of the percussion instruments that are available and their ranges. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. saxophone quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervntes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The saxophone quartet arra Show More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervntes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. The saxophone quartet arrangement is a great performance pieces enabling #saxophonists to explore tone, articulation and dynamics. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. guitar quartet

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for guit Show More...

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) by the Cuban composer Ignacio Cervantes is a movement that explores the habanera pattern. This arrangement for guitar quartet is a great performance pieces enabling guitarists to explore many aspects of their playing particularly regarding tone, the articulation of notes and dynamic range. The realisation has a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The tempo of the realisation is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores is also presented with a repeat in place although this is editorial. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo. The music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music whether in an art music, folk or popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is a very quick and inventive mind particularly in his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. The arrangement would be best played with either 4 nylon strung guitars or 4 steel strung guitars. A mandolin can also be substituted for Acoustic Guitar 1. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) piano solo in A minor

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for solo piano with the music t Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for solo piano with the music transposed to the key of A minor. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. cello and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for cello with piano accompanim Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for cello with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. viola and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for viola with piano accompanim Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for viola with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. violin and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for violin with piano accompani Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for violin with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for soprano saxophone with pian Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tenor saxophone with piano Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. alto saxophone and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for alto saxophone with piano a Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. bassoon and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for bassoon with piano accompan Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for bassoon with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for clarinet in Bb with piano a Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. oboe and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for oboe with piano accompanime Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for oboe with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. flute and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for flute with piano accompanim Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for flute with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. marimba trio

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is an ensemble of 3 pitched percus Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is an ensemble of 3 pitched percussion instruments with the marimba being featured in the realization and music score. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If the arrangement requires some re-scoring for different percussion instruments please advise the PlentyMusic office with your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. saxophone sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone s Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for saxophone sextet of 2 soprano, alto, 2 tenor and baritone saxophones is available as a free score. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. guitar sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for guitar sext Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for guitar sextet is available as a free score. The intention is for the score to be played by 6 acoustic guitars although a upright bass / bass guitar could be substituted for Guitar 6. Ideally the ensemble would comprise either 6 nylon strung or 6 steel strung guitars. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. brass sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass sexte Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for brass sextet of 3 trumpets in Bb, 2 trombones, and tuba is available as a free score. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. clarinet sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet sextet of clarinet in Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet sextet of clarinet in Eb, 4 clarinets in Bb and bass clarinet is an intermediate level arrangement and available as a free score. If no clarinet in Eb is available substitute a flute 1 part from the free score for wind sextet. The movement features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement for encouraging rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. string sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for string sextet of 3 violins, 2 Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for string sextet of 3 violins, 2 violas, and cello is an intermediate level arrangement and available as a free score. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement for encouraging rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. wind sextet

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for wind sextet of 2 flutes, oboe, Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic for wind sextet of 2 flutes, oboe, 2 clarinets in Bb and bassoon is an intermediate level arrangement and available as a free score. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement for encouraging rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. If PlentyMusic users require some re-scoring of the movement please advise the PlentyMusic Office of your requirements. Instrumental parts are appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. soprano saxophone and piano

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment is available from PlentyMusic. Piano accompaniments are also available. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full score which can download from the website. Close

Minuet and Trio in E arr. violin and piano D.335

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompanime Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment is available to download available from PlentyMusic. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A violin part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 arr. clarinet in A and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this is an intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in A with pia Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this is an intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in A with piano accompaniment. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A clarinet in A part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the flute and piano realisation is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in Eb D.335 arr. baritone saxophone and piano

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for baritone saxophone with pian Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for baritone saxophone with piano accompaniment is available from PlentyMusic. Piano accompaniments are also available. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A baritone saxophone part is appended to the full score which can download from the website. Close

Minuet and Trio in E arr. bassoon and piano D.335

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for bassoon with piano accompanim Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment is available from PlentyMusic. Piano accompaniments are also available. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A bassoon part is appended to the full score which can download from the website. Close

Minuet and Trio in E arr. cello and piano D.335

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for cello with piano accompanimen Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for cello with piano accompaniment is available to download from PlentyMusic. A cello part is also appended to the full score. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. tenor saxophone and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 by Franz Schubert is an excellent intermediate level performance piece. This arrangement is for tenor saxophone wi Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 by Franz Schubert is an excellent intermediate level performance piece. This arrangement is for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment. A tenor saxophone part is also appended to the full score. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the flute and piano realisation is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 | solo piano

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this plai score version for solo piano is available as a free score Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this plai score version for solo piano is available as a free score from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. It is an excellent performance piece. The Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. Both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. Piano pedalling has not been indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate particularly in the trio section. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. Pianists would be well advised to approach the playing of the two movements with a lightness in their hands. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small notes in bar (acciaccaturas or crushed notes) do not sound in the realisation in bar 41. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Pianists and keyboard players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Phrasing can be very much determined by the choice of fingering with regular 8 bar phrases predominantly feature. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. Both a plain score and an edited music score are available from PlentyMusic. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. clarinet in B flat and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano is at the intermed Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano is at the intermediate level work. A cello part is appended to the full score that is available for download from PlentyMusic. Whilst described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the flute and piano realisation is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 arr. flute and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for flute and piano is an intermediate level work. Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for flute and piano is an intermediate level work. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A flute part is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. brass quartet

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this is an arrangement for brass quartet of 2 trumpets in Bb, French Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this is an arrangement for brass quartet of 2 trumpets in Bb, French horn and trombone. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. PlentyMusic. Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 arr. string quartet

The Minuet & Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for string quartet is scored for 2 violins, viola and Show More...

The Minuet & Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for string quartet is scored for 2 violins, viola and violoncello. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. PlentyMusic. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. clarinet quartet

The Minuet & Trio in E Flat by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement is for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in Show More...

The Minuet & Trio in E Flat by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement is for clarinet quartet comprising 3 clarinets in Bb and a bass clarinet. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. Individual clarinets parts are appended to the full score which is available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. saxophone quartet

The Minuet & Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement is for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, 2 alto a Show More...

The Minuet & Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement is for saxophone quartet comprising soprano, 2 alto and tenor saxophones. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar with the Minuet and Trio played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases predominantly feature. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 arr. wind quartet

Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. It is an excellent performance piece. Show More...

Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. It is an excellent performance piece. Individual instrument parts are appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the website. The Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar with the Minuet and Trio played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases predominantly feature. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. Close

Bear Dance | piano solo from Ten Easy Pieces Sz.39

Bartok's approach to much of his piano writing is that he considers it as a percussion instrument. Much of his music sounds challenging but often it Show More...

Bartok's approach to much of his piano writing is that he considers it as a percussion instrument. Much of his music sounds challenging but often it is quite playable. The challenge is more on the musical ear and technique rather than the musical content. It is a case of the listener being challenged. The score detail is a strong element in the sheet music copy. Bartok’s music scores do require careful study. The melodic shapes and patterns in this movements are strong and repetitive and the rhythmic element music is particularly strong. He was a great experimenter with sounds and in that he has much in common with Stravinsky. Bartok is one of the best 20th century composers to study because he is excellent at preparing the ear’s of a musician for modern sounds. Bartok’s music does possess great symmetry and his music does identify with the tonal tradition. His music might not sound tonal at times but the functionality in all sense and purpose is tonal. Bartok’s music is often derived from the rhythms and sounds of folk melodies he heard as a child and adult. The music editor suggests that this is an excellent performance piece for aspiring musicians. Close

Second Movement Rondo from Sonatina in E Flat No.6 Opus 20

The music of J. L. Dussek is well worth discovering and playing. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are brimming with invention and musical interest and are perfec Show More...

The music of J. L. Dussek is well worth discovering and playing. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are brimming with invention and musical interest and are perfect for developing a secure technique on a piano. This is music that both expresses and possesses the joy of its time. A rondo is a movement with a recurring theme. The repeats do not playback in the realisation. Music that has design and clear direction that is essentially pianistic. Musical ideas need to be clearly articulated without necessarily being exaggerated. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 72 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many of the early published scores of this movement have score detail that possibly is more suitable for the dry acoustic of earlier wooden framed pianos. Pianists may wish to add their own additional score detail particularly in respect to the note articulations but the music editors view is that is best to be minimalist. Some notes may require a staccato, an accent or tenuto marking but this aspect of performance is secondary to the requirement for secure fingering as encourages secure technique. Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is modern practice. The chromaticism in this movement suggests that this is more romantic than classical music. Dusssek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed music for the harp. The plain score is available as a free score and an edited music score with suggested fingering is available from PlentyMusic for one credit. In the edited music score the suggested fingering is notated above the note for the right hand and below the note for the left hand. Look out for the changing finger on a note which currently cannot be represented as clearly as the music editor intends. Bar 10 and 61 should logically contain the same music but they don’t. Players may well want to consider how they approach these two bars. A possible error in the score but by whom? The copyist, the engraver(s) or even the composer? It’s a much better question than you imagine because music printing of the distant past had so many inconsistencies. The music editor’s view is simply that many composers just did not have time to proof read the printer’s copy. Close

First Movement from Sonatina in E Flat No.6 Opus 20

Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. His Opu Show More...

Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are well worth exploring. A purposeful and dynamic intermediate level movement for solo piano. The repeats do not playback in the realisation. Clarity in the articulation of the music achieved by shortening some of the notes and an increasing the dynamics. Smorzando translates as dying away. The realisation plays back at 116 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Allegro is the indicated tempo marking in the sheet music score. Whilst musical ideas need to be clearly articulated there should not be exaggeration in the playing. There is opportunity to practice crossing over of hands. Many of the early published scores of this movement have score detail that possibly is more suitable for the dry acoustic of earlier wooden framed pianos. Pianists may wish to add their own additional score detail particularly in respect to the articulation of notes but the music editors view is that is best to be minimalist. Some notes may require a staccato, an accent or tenuto marking but not too many! Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is modern practice. The chromaticism in this movement does suggest more romantic than classical music. Dussek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed music for the harp. The plain score is available as a free score whilst the edited music score is available for one credit. Close

Second Movement Rondo from Sonatina in E Flat No.6 Opus 20 (Plain Score)

The music of J. L. Dussek is well worth discovering and playing. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are brimming with invention and musical interest and are perfec Show More...

The music of J. L. Dussek is well worth discovering and playing. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are brimming with invention and musical interest and are perfect for developing a secure technique on a piano. This is music that both expresses and possesses the joy of its time. A rondo is a movement with a recurring theme. The repeats do not playback in the realisation. Music that has design and clear direction that is essentially pianistic. Musical ideas need to be clearly articulated without necessarily being exaggerated. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 72 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many of the early published scores of this movement have score detail that possibly is more suitable for the dry acoustic of earlier wooden framed pianos. Pianists may wish to add their own additional score detail particularly in respect to the note articulations but the music editors view is that is best to be minimalist. Some notes may require a staccato, an accent or tenuto marking but this aspect of performance is secondary to the requirement for secure fingering as encourages secure technique. Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is modern practice. The chromaticism in this movement suggests that this is more romantic than classical music. Dusssek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed music for the harp. The plain score is available as a free score and an edited music score with suggested fingering is available from PlentyMusic for one credit. In the edited music score the suggested fingering is notated above the note for the right hand and below the note for the left hand. Look out for the changing finger on a note which currently cannot be represented as clearly as the music editor intends. Bar 10 and 61 should logically contain the same music but they don’t. Players may well want to consider how they approach these two bars. A possible error in the score but by whom? The copyist, the engraver(s) or even the composer? It’s a much better question than you imagine because music printing of the distant past had so many inconsistencies. The music editor’s view is simply that many composers just did not have time to proof read the printer’s copy. Close

First Movement from Sonatina in E Flat No.6 Opus 20 (Plain Score)

Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. His Opu Show More...

Dussek was a Czech composer and like Beethoven is a transition figure linking the classical period to the romantic in a music history context. His Opus 20 Sonatinas are well worth exploring. A purposeful and dynamic intermediate level movement for solo piano. The repeats do not playback in the realisation. Clarity in the articulation of the music achieved by shortening some of the notes and an increasing the dynamics. Smorzando translates as dying away. The realisation plays back at 116 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Allegro is the indicated tempo marking in the sheet music score. Whilst musical ideas need to be clearly articulated there should not be exaggeration in the playing. There is opportunity to practice crossing over of hands. Many of the early published scores of this movement have score detail that possibly is more suitable for the dry acoustic of earlier wooden framed pianos. Pianists may wish to add their own additional score detail particularly in respect to the articulation of notes but the music editors view is that is best to be minimalist. Some notes may require a staccato, an accent or tenuto marking but not too many! Dussek himself was a widely travelled piano virtuoso and was the first pianist to sit with his profile to the audience as is modern practice. The chromaticism in this movement does suggest more romantic than classical music. Dussek is important too for encouraging the extension of the range of the piano to the 6-octave range and introducing pedal markings in the writing of piano music. He also composed music for the harp. The plain score is available as a free score whilst the edited music score is available for one credit. Close

Minuet in A D.334 | piano

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. Show More...

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. There are also many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website for different combinations of instruments. The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score whilst the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. Close

Minuet in A arr. cello and piano D.334

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. Show More...

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website.The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score whilst the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. A part for the cello is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. violin and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score with the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet being a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the violin is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. tenor saxophone and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a qu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is a hidden gems of the music repertoire that needs to played and become better known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the tenor saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. alto saxophone and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a qu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is a hidden gems of the music repertoire that needs to played and become better known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the alto saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. soprano saxophone and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a qu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is a hidden gems of the music repertoire and needs to played and become better known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the soprano saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. bassoon and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the bassoon is appended to the full score in the pdf download. The part utilises both the bass and the tenor clefs. Close

Minuet in A arr. clarinet in A and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the clarinet in A is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat D.334 arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano D.334

Schubert’s Minuet D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. The Minue Show More...

Schubert’s Minuet D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. A part for the flute is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. oboe and piano D.334

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. Show More...

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score whilst the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. A part for the oboe is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. flute and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the flute is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. brass quintet of 2 trumpets, French horn, trombone and tuba D.334

The brass quintet arrangement of the Minuet is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a pdf Show More...

The brass quintet arrangement of the Minuet is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a pdf download. Using the PlentyMusic android app the music could be printed from a smart phone. The brass quintet arrangement is scored for 2 trumpets in Bb, French horn, 2 trombone and tuba. Individual instrument parts transposed where appropriate are appended to the full score in the pdf download. The Minuet and Trio is performed without the repeats in the Minuet sounding. A quiet enchanting movement that demonstrates how much that Franz Schubert was a chamber musician. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver musically and accurately. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of a musical texture in the romantic era. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Another challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. If you would like the movement to be scored for any other instruments please advise the PlentyMusic Office and one of the team will explore the possibilities. PlentyMusic would be interested in hearing and seeing any performances of this movement either in mp3 or mp4 format. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. clarinet quintet of 4 clarinets in B Flat and bass clarinet

The clarinet quintet arrangement of the Minuet is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a Show More...

The clarinet quintet arrangement of the Minuet is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a one file pdf download. Using the PlentyMusic android app the music could be printed from a smart phone. The clarinet quintet arrangement is scored for 4 clarinets in Bb and a bass clarinet. The Minuet and Trio is performed without the repeats in the Minuet sounding in the realisation. A quiet enchanting movement that demonstrates how much that Franz Schubert was a chamber musician. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver musically and accurately. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of a musical texture in the romantic era. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Another challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. If you would like the movement to be scored for different instruments please advise the PlentyMusic Office and one of the team will explore the possibilities. PlentyMusic would be interested in hearing and seeing any performances of this movement either in mp3 or mp4 format. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. for saxophone quintet of soprano, 2 alto, tenor and baritone saxophones D.334

The saxophone arrangement of the Minuet in Ab D.338 available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as Show More...

The saxophone arrangement of the Minuet in Ab D.338 available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a one file pdf download. Using the PlentyMusic android app the music could be printed from a smart phone. The saxophone quintet arrangement is scored for soprano, 2 alto, tenor and baritone saxophones. The Minuet and Trio is performed without the repeats in the Minuet sounding in the realisation. A quiet enchanting movement that demonstrates how much that Franz Schubert was a chamber musician. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver musically and accurately. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of a musical texture in the romantic era. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Another challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. If you would like the movement to be scored for a different instrument combination please advise the PlentyMusic Office and one of the team will explore the possibilities. PlentyMusic would be interested in hearing and seeing any performances of this movement either in mp3 or mp4 format. Close

Minuet in A arr. string quintet of violins 1, 2, 3, viola and violoncello D.334

The string quintet arrangement of the Minuet in A D.334 is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is availa Show More...

The string quintet arrangement of the Minuet in A D.334 is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a one file pdf download.The arrangement is scored for Violin 1, Violin 2, Violin 3, Viola and Violoncello. Using the PlentyMusic android app the music could be printed from a smart phone. Schubert’s Minuet D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. If PlentyMusic users would like the movement to be scored for any additional instruments please advise the PlentyMusic Office and one of the team will respond. The Minuet and Trio is performed without the repeats in the Minuet sounding in the video score. A quiet enchanting movement that adds evidence to the suggestion that Franz Schubert was essentially a chamber musician. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver musically and accurately. Whilst a solo work for piano it is very evident that the musical conception could quite easily be for a group of musicians. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of a musical texture in the romantic era. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Another challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Individual instrument parts transposed where appropriate are appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. wind quintet of flute, oboe, clarinet in A, horn in F (French horn) and bassoon D.334

The wind quintet arrangement of the Minuet for flute, oboe, clarinet in A, French horn and bassoon is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The Show More...

The wind quintet arrangement of the Minuet for flute, oboe, clarinet in A, French horn and bassoon is available from PlentyMusic as a free score. The full score has appended parts and is available as a one file pdf download. Using the PlentyMusic android app the music could be printed from a smart phone. Schubert’s Minuet D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. If PlentyMusic users would like the movement to be score for any additional instruments please advise the PlentyMusic Office and one of the team will respond. The Minuet and Trio is performed without the repeats in the Minuet sounding in the video score. A quiet enchanting movement that adds evidence to the suggestion that Franz Schubert was essentially a chamber musician. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver musically and accurately. Whilst a solo work for piano it is very evident that the musical conception could quite easily be for a group of musicians. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of a musical texture in the romantic era. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Another challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Individual instrument parts transposed where appropriate are appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. violin, cello & piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Show More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for violin, violoncello and piano has a playback tempo of 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the violin and violoncello and in the final section between the piano and violin. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the violin and violoncello are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. clarinet in B Flat, bass clarinet and piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Show More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for clarinet in Bb, bass clarinet and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed down a tone and sounds in the key of A minor. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet and in the final section between the piano and clarinet in Bb. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet in Bb player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the two clarinets appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Show More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed down a tone and sounds in the key of A minor. There are some octave transpositions in the tenor saxophone part. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the soprano and tenor saxophone and in the final section between the piano and soprano saxophone. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the tenor saxophone and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a soprano saxophone player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the soprano saxophone and tenor saxophone appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. clarinet in A, cello & piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Show More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for clarinet in A, violoncello and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed down a tone and sounds in the key of A minor. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the clarinet and violoncello and in the final section between the piano and clarinet in A. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet in A player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the clarinet in A appropriately transposed and violoncello are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. oboe, cello & piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Show More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for oboe, violoncello and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the oboe and violoncello and in the final section between the piano and oboe. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the oboe and violoncello are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. two pianos

Debussy’s two piano arrangement of Schumann’s original version for pedal piano. The pedal piano was an instrument used by organists as a practice Show More...

Debussy’s two piano arrangement of Schumann’s original version for pedal piano. The pedal piano was an instrument used by organists as a practice instrument. A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann’s original intention is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The two piano version has a playback tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo direction in the score is to play the movement “Not too fast.” A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No.5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available featuring the Piano 1 sounding on one side of the stereo channel and Piano 2 on the other. They play at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling the pianists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of their routine. Close

Study in Canon No.5 Opus 56 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The piano duet or music for piano 4 hands version has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the descr Show More...

The piano duet or music for piano 4 hands version has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available featuring the primo part sounding on one side of the stereo channel and the secondo on the other. They play at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling the pianists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of their routine. Close

Study in Canon No. 1 arr. violin, cello and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s orig Show More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part to keep to the instrument’s range. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the home page the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the violin player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No. 1 arr. soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s ori Show More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the oboe player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No. 1 trio version arr. oboe, cello and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s ori Show More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part to keep to the instrument’s range. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the oboe player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the oboe player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No.1 arr clarinet in A , cello & piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s orig Show More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the clarinet in A player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they play back at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No.1 arr. clarinet in B flat, bass clarinet and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s orig Show More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the clarinet in Bb player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they play back at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No.1 arr. two pianos

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably strong in this work composed at a time that Schumann was Show More...

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably strong in this work composed at a time that Schumann was intent on restoring rigour and contrapuntal discipline in his compositional approach. Whilst this music references the past there is a romantic twist or two in the harmonic language. A tempo of 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the realisation. Trills begin on the note and have been written out in the video score. Understand that the melodic and rhythmic shapes of the ornaments are constant throughout the whole movement. Schumann’s Canonic Studies were composed in 1845 for pedal piano and subsequently many other arrangements have been created. The two piano parts piano 1 and piano 2 can be also be downloaded as an mp3 accompaniment enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the piano 1 or piano 2. Piano 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and piano 2 part on the other. The accompaniments play at 64, 68, 72,76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a 2 bar click beat before the music starts playing. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Second Movement Andante from Sonata for Piano Duet in D K381

A slow movement in the subdominant key of G requiring a legato piano touch with some occasional staccato articulations which are indicated in the musi Show More...

A slow movement in the subdominant key of G requiring a legato piano touch with some occasional staccato articulations which are indicated in the music score. There is a some lovely sharing of the melodic material between the primo and secondo parts in this quite beautiful classical movement. A beautifully balanced movement from the point of view of musical texture. It is a two section AB binary movement although the repeats are not played in the realisation. Performers may wish to review the articulations suggested and if changes are made they do need to be made consistently and be in keeping with the style. Accompaniments are available at 52, 54, 56, 58, and 60 quarter note beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in, featuring the sound of the woodblock, with the first bar in eighth notes (quavers) and the second bar in quarter notes (crotchets). For those needing more information on how to play the ornaments refer to the video score on our YouTube channel where they have been written out to give clarity to what is often a confusing area. When learning a movement it is often best to omit the ornamentation in the first instance. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. trumpet in B Flat, trombone & piano

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expandi Show More...

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music to be enjoyed by a chamber group. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 64 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the trumpet in Bb player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a trombone and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. violin, cello and piano

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different ins Show More...

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different instrument combinations. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to on the trio video scores on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound in the piano part. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the oboe player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a cellist and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. clarinet in A, cello and piano

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different ins Show More...

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different instrument combinations. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to one of the video scores on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound in the piano part. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the oboe player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a cellist and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. clarinet in B Flat, bass clarinet and piano

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expandi Show More...

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music to be enjoyed by a chamber group. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the clarinet in Bb player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a bass clarinet and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expandi Show More...

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music to be enjoyed by a chamber group. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on our PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the soprano saxophone player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a tenor saxophone and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. oboe, cello and piano

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different ins Show More...

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different instrument combinations. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound in the piano part. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the oboe player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a cellist and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 arr. two pianos

The Debussy arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon for Two Pianos are an exploration of Schumann’s original music from both the spatial and Show More...

The Debussy arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon for Two Pianos are an exploration of Schumann’s original music from both the spatial and textural point of view. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in its style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic harmony of Schumann’s own time. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 returns to the mood and style of the first section although this section has both more contrast and drama. Schumann’s intention is to combine beauty of sound with a legato touch and it is important for pianists to aim for the best legato possible in their playing. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo marked as adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on out PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills in this time begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling pianists to explore and develop their ensemble skills. The piano 1 part sounds on one side of the stereo channel and piano 2 on the other. There are four accompaniments available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The piano duet arrangement of Schumann’s Studies in Canon by Bizet are hidden treasures in the repertoire. Bizet’s exploration of Schumann’s mus Show More...

The piano duet arrangement of Schumann’s Studies in Canon by Bizet are hidden treasures in the repertoire. Bizet’s exploration of Schumann’s music adds to the composer’s original intention by exploring the musical texture in a broader musical space. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in its style and certainly in the first instance reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with romantic chromatic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. Schumann’s original intention is to combine beauty of sound with a legato touch and it is important for pianists to aim for the best legato possible in their playing. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Do explore the solo piano, piano duet, two piano and trio versions available on the PlentyMusic website. Accompaniments are also available enabling pianists to explore and develop their ensemble skills. The primo part sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the secondo part on the other. There are four accompaniments available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. piano

This quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in its style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writin Show More...

This quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in its style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although presented with romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. Schumann’s intention is to combine beauty of sound with a legato touch and it is important for pianists to aim for the best legato possible in their playing. The realisation plays back at 56 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. The challenge playing the piano version is simply managing the musical lines and imitation embraced in the texture. The music editor suggests playing through the separate lines of the score to gain understanding of the compositional process and points of imitation. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. It is quite understandable that other composers and arrangers have re-visited the Studies in Canon by Schumann, in a practical way, with arrangements for various instrument combinations. These arrangements encourage a clearer understanding of the contrapuntal aspects of the original composer’s writing. Do explore the organ, piano duet, two piano and trio versions available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. organ

This quiet slow movement in reflective mood is vocal in its style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although featuring chromatic harm Show More...

This quiet slow movement in reflective mood is vocal in its style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although featuring chromatic harmony associated with the romantic era. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The first section is essentially a 4 part chorale featuring romantic chromatic harmony from Schumann’s own time rather than the diatonic harmony of Bach’s time. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition whilst the final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. Schumann’s intention is to combine beauty of sound with a legato touch and it is important for organists to aim for the best legato possible in their playing. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo indication in the score marked as adagio. This is an absorbing and challenging movement to with a particular challenge being to communicate the imitation that is evident in the music score. The music editor suggests playing through the separate lines of the score to gain understanding of the compositional process and points of imitation. This is also a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes and playing at a slow tempo. In the organ realisation two organ sounds have been used. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. In the organ arrangement there is the possibility of adding an additional trill on the G# in bar 31. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce players to chamber music playing. It is quite understandable that other composers and arrangers have re-visited the Studies in Canon by Schumann, in a practical way, with arrangements for various instrument combinations. These arrangements encourage a clearer understanding of the contrapuntal aspects of the original composer’s writing. Explore the solo piano, piano duet, two piano and trio versions available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. tenor saxophone and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Co Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. soprano saxophone and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Co Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 100 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 92 and Accompaniment 5 at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. cello and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 100 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 92 and Accompaniment 5 at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. bassoon and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 100 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 92 and Accompaniment 5 at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. clarinet in Bb and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. oboe & piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. flute and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. solo piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are are typically found as the lasts movements of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as his compositions and a well-documented and renowned performance history. Close

Gigue en rondeau No.2 arr. organ

This is music worthy of attention and an excellent movement for a keyboard player keen to make progress. The music editor often plays it at weddings. Show More...

This is music worthy of attention and an excellent movement for a keyboard player keen to make progress. The music editor often plays it at weddings. The repeating section has been written out simply for clarity as far as reading the music is concerned. In some editions there is a repeat of the opening 12 bar section but in performance this does rather spoil the symmetry of the movement. The music is presented in a plain score format with minimal score detail. Rameau was a leading French composer of both opera and harpsichord music and also known as a music theorist publishing a Treatise on Harmony in 1722. His music was largely out of fashion by the end of the 18th but there is a renewed interest in his music with recent performances and recordings. Interestingly he didn’t start composing opera until he was in his 50’s. He was one of the masters of 18th century French school of harpsichordists, publishing collections in 1706, 1724 and 1727. This particular movement comes from one of the suites from the 1724 collection. Whilst his keyboard music was intended for the harpsichord in more recent times it is frequently performed on the piano and there are transcriptions of movements available for the organ. The music editions available do generally relate to performances on the harpsichord and these generally have ornaments played in both hands which is something not so common in piano music. The rondeau is a form derived from early French poetry which was shared with the chanson (song form) in the medieval and Renaissance times. It features a repeating refrain (or chorus) and something in time that was adopted in both dance and instrumental forms. The form of this particular movement can be represented as ABACADA with A representing the repeating refrain or chorus. The fact that there are different numbers of bars in each of the phrases is most likely a connection to the poetry structure of earlier times. In the organ version which plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute the repeating refrain section is played on one manual whilst the sections described as episodes are played on a second manual or at least with a different registration. It is suggested that the pedal notes be played on a 16’ stop. Close

Gigue en rondeau No.2 from the Suite in E minor

This is music worthy of attention and an excellent movement for a keyboard player keen to make progress. The repeating section has been written out si Show More...

This is music worthy of attention and an excellent movement for a keyboard player keen to make progress. The repeating section has been written out simply for clarity as far as reading the music is concerned. In some editions there is a repeat of the opening 12 bar section but in performance this does rather spoil the symmetry of the movement. The music is presented in a plain score format with minimal score detail. Rameau was a leading French composer of both opera and harpsichord music and also known as a music theorist publishing a Treatise on Harmony in 1722. His music was largely out of fashion by the end of the 18th but there is a renewed interest in his music with recent performances and recordings. Interestingly he didn’t start composing opera until he was in his 50’s. He was one of the masters of 18th century French school of harpsichordists, publishing collections in 1706, 1724 and 1727. This particular movement comes from one of the suites from the 1724 collection. Whilst his keyboard music was intended for the harpsichord in more recent times it is frequently performed on the piano and there are transcriptions of movements available for the organ. The music editions available do generally relate to performances on the harpsichord and these generally have ornaments played in both hands which is something not so common in piano music. The rondeau is a form derived from early French poetry which was shared with the chanson (song form) in the medieval and Renaissance times. It features a repeating refrain (or chorus) and something in time that was adopted in both dance and instrumental forms. The form of this particular movement can be represented as ABACADA with A representing the repeating refrain. The fact that there are different numbers of bars in each of the phrases is most likely a connection to the poetry structure of earlier times. The piano version plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There are many recordings of this movement including one or two which are quite free in their interpretation particularly of the repeating refrain section turning it almost into an improvisation. Close

Gigue en rondeau No.1 arr. organ

In a performance context the Gigue en rondeau No.1 would be followed by Gigue en rondeau No.2. The two Gigue en rondeau from Rameau’s Suite in E min Show More...

In a performance context the Gigue en rondeau No.1 would be followed by Gigue en rondeau No.2. The two Gigue en rondeau from Rameau’s Suite in E minor from his 1724 collection are excellent movements for a keyboard player to explore. The repeating sections have been written out simply for clarity as far as reading the music is concerned. In some editions there is a repeat of the opening 8 bar section but in a performance this does rather spoils the symmetry of the movement. The music is presented in a plain score format with minimal score detail and ornamentation has been deliberately omitted. Rameau was a leading French composer of both opera and harpsichord music and also known as a music theorist publishing a Treatise on Harmony in 1722. His music was largely out of fashion by the end of the 18th but there is a renewed interest in his music with recent performances and recordings. Interestingly he didn’t start composing opera until he was in his 50’s. He was one of the masters of 18th century French school of harpsichordists, publishing collections in 1706, 1724 and 1727. Whilst his keyboard music was intended for the harpsichord in more recent times it is frequently performed on the piano and there are transcriptions of many movements available for the organ. The music editions available do generally relate to performances on the harpsichord and these generally have ornaments played in both hands which is not something so common in piano music. The rondeau is a form derived from early French poetry which was shared with the chanson (song form) in the medieval and Renaissance times. It features a repeating refrain (or chorus) and something in time that was adopted in both dance and instrumental forms. The form of this particular movement can be represented as ABACA with A representing the repeating refrain or chorus. The organ version plays back at 84 dotted quarter notes to the minute. Close

Gigue en rondeau No.1 from the Suite in E minor

In a performance context the Gigue en rondeau No.1 would be followed by Gigue en rondeau No.2. The two Gigue en rondeau from Rameau’s Suite in E min Show More...

In a performance context the Gigue en rondeau No.1 would be followed by Gigue en rondeau No.2. The two Gigue en rondeau from Rameau’s Suite in E minor from his 1724 collection are excellent movements for a keyboard player to explore. The repeating sections have been written out simply for clarity as far as reading the music is concerned. In some editions there is a repeat of the opening 8 bar section but in a performance this does rather spoils the symmetry of the movement. The music is presented in a plain score format with minimal score detail and ornamentation has been deliberately omitted. Rameau was a leading French composer of both opera and harpsichord music and also known as a music theorist publishing a Treatise on Harmony in 1722. His music was largely out of fashion by the end of the 18th but there is a renewed interest in his music with recent performances and recordings. Interestingly he didn’t start composing opera until he was in his 50’s. He was one of the masters of 18th century French school of harpsichordists, publishing collections in 1706, 1724 and 1727. Whilst his keyboard music was intended for the harpsichord in more recent times it is frequently performed on the piano and there are transcriptions of many movements available for the organ. The music editions available do generally relate to performances on the harpsichord and these generally have ornaments played in both hands which is not something so common in piano music. The rondeau is a form derived from early French poetry which was shared with the chanson (song form) in the medieval and Renaissance times. It features a repeating refrain (or chorus) and something in time that was adopted in both dance and instrumental forms. The form of this particular movement can be represented as ABACA with A representing the repeating refrain or chorus. The piano version plays back at 84 dotted quarter notes to the minute. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. oboe, clarinet in A and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. An oboe substitutes for the violin and a clarinet in A for the violoncel Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. An oboe substitutes for the violin and a clarinet in A for the violoncello. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing oboe part. the Primo or Secondo parts. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. 2 clarinets in A and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. Two clarinets in A substitute for the violin and the violoncello. The mu Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. Two clarinets in A substitute for the violin and the violoncello. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the first clarinet in A part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No. 3 Opus 56 arr. flute, clarinet in A and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin and the clarinet in A for the viol Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin and the clarinet in A for the violoncello. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. clarinet in A, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The clarinet in A substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangem Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The clarinet in A substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the clarinet in A part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. violin, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the violin part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. flute, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with some re-scoring of the fluteto keep to the instruments range. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. oboe, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The oboe substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The oboe substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with some re-scoring of the oboe and violoncello part towards the end of the movement. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso p Show More...

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments and for those that require clarity on how they should be played refer to the video score on our YouTube channel. The performance practice with this movement the music editor would suggest is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The music editor has avoided suggesting a rit at the end of the movement although in performance this is an option. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy whilst the piano trio arrangements of Kirchner provide additional repertoire and ensemble opportunities. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. The two bar count in features the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.3 arr. two pianos

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso p Show More...

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments and for those that require clarity on how they should be played refer to the video score on our YouTube channel. The performance practice with this movement the music editor would suggest is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The music editor has avoided suggesting a rit at the end of the movement although in performance this is an option. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy whilst the piano trio arrangements of Kirchner provide additional repertoire and ensemble opportunities. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the violin parts. Accompaniment 1 plays at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. The two bar count in features the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.2 violin, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this his original arrangement for violin, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. Parts for both violin and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in featuring the sound of the woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.2 soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the soprano saxophone part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for both saxophones appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays back at 63 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the soprano saxophone as a solo. The piano and tenor saxophone sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 soprano saxophone, baritone saxophone & piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone, baritone saxophone and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the soprano saxophone part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for both saxophones appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays back at 63 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the soprano part as a solo. The piano and baritone saxophone sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 oboe, bassoon and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for oboe, bassoon and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part needed to keep to the range of the instrument and some minor re-scoring of the parts in bar 51. Parts for the oboe and bassoon are appended to the full score. The realisation plays back at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and bassoon sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in utilising the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.2 clarinet in B Flat, bass clarinet and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb, bass clarinet and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the flute part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for the clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. The music editor would like to hear from bass clarinet players as to the practicality of playing the low notes in the score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the clarinet in Bb part as a solo. The piano and bass clarinet sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 flute, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for flute, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the flute part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for the flute and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 clarinet in B Flat, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the clarinet in Bb part to assist in keeping to the range of the instrument. Parts for the clarinet in Bb and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 63 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in featuring the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.2 oboe, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for oboe, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part t needed to keep to the range of the instrument and some minor re-scoring of the parts in bar 51. Parts for the oboe and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in utilising the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.4 arr. two pianos

The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refer to the past with the chromatic language of the ro Show More...

The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refer to the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and both ordered and appealing music to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The realisation in the video score is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. Pianists should approach playing the Study in Canon No.4 with a lightness in the hands ensuring that there is clarity in their understanding of the musical texture. The texture is straightforward in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. There is value in pianists playing through each of the lines to understand the imitation processes that are incorporated in the score. The music included in Robert Schumann’s Opus 56 collection has been arranged by Georges Bizet for piano duet and Claude Debussy for two pianos and in these arrangements the composing principles of canon and imitation aspects are much easier to explore. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score although the music editor suggests omitting the small decorative/ornamental notes in the early stages of learning the movement. The uses of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. Pianists will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element in the movement is strong. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. Players may well wish to make use of the piano sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Piano 1 or Piano 2 part. The Piano 1 sounds on the one side of the stereo channel channel and the Piano 2 on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 90 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 5 plays at 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. In a performance situation printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No. 4 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refer to the past with the chromatic language of the ro Show More...

The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refer to the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are ordered and appealing music to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than direct imitating or copying. The realisation in the video score is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. Pianists should approach playing thee Opus 56 pieces with a lightness in the hands ensuring that there is clarity in their understanding of the musical texture. The texture is transparent in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. There is value in pianists playing through the lines to understand the imitation processes that are incorporated in the score. The music included in Robert Schumann’s Opus 56 collection has been arranged by Georges Bizet for piano duet and Claude Debussy for two pianos and in these arrangements the composing principles of canon and imitation aspects are much easier to explore. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score although the music editor suggests omitting the small decorative/ornamental notes in the early stages of learning the movement. The uses of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. In the video score each line of music is associated with a stave and so the music is presented slightly differently to how it appears in the sheet music score. The video score plays at 72 quaver beats from bar 1 – 18 and and then in the piu mosso section at 80 eighth notes (quaver) to the minute. Pianists will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element in the movement is strong . There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. Players may well wish to make use of the piano sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo part. The primo part sounds on the one side of the stereo channel channel and the secondo on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 90 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute.Accompaniment 5 plays at 82 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. In a performance situation printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No. 2 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

Composed in the key In the key A minor this movement in ABA ternary form has a haunting quality. The realisation plays back at 66 dotted quarter notes Show More...

Composed in the key In the key A minor this movement in ABA ternary form has a haunting quality. The realisation plays back at 66 dotted quarter notes to the minute. The voice leading particularly in the two top lines of the organ solo is often quite difficult to follow and that is why the piano duet version arranged by Bizet and the two piano version arranged by Debussy are well worth exploring. The music editor suggests slow practice in the first instance to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate. Chromaticism is a strong feature of this movement. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and as far (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There is a substantial amount of score detail in the sheet music scores particularly in respect to the articulation of notes. Players may well wish to make use of the piano sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. In temperament, Schumann was quite insecure and the Studies in Canon perhaps reflect the need for a himto reacquaint himself with the discipline of counterpoint. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 72 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 69 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 66 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 63 quarter note beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in with the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.2 arr. two pianos

Composed in the key In the key A minor this movement in ABA ternary form has a haunting beautiful quality. Debussy has created an arrangement which h Show More...

Composed in the key In the key A minor this movement in ABA ternary form has a haunting beautiful quality. Debussy has created an arrangement which has beauty, shape and a sense of space. Debussy probably better than any other communicates the elements of the canonic study in his two piano arrangement of this movement creating the space and texture to communicate the details of the canon. Some of the detail of the scoring is different to Schumann’s original version for pedal piano. It is very interesting that other composers have re-visited Schumann’s Studies in Canon Opus 56 namely Bizet and Debussy. Tempo rubato is a musical element that could be explored in a performance although it has not been used in the realisation. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Piano I or Piano II parts. The Piano I part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and Piano II on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 69 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 66 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 63 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in with the sound of a woodblock. As the music is in 12/8 time the music editor suggests that players should familiarise themeselves with this. In a performance situation printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No. 2 Opus 56 for organ

The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. The Show More...

The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. The voice leading particularly in the two top lines of the organ solo is often quite difficult to follow and that is why the piano duet version arranged by Bizet and the two piano version arranged by Debussy are well worth exploring. Schumann was quite an insecure individual both in himself and in his abilities as a composer. The reason for this is both can be understood by knowing that in that his original ambition was to be a pianist and secondly that a very overbearing father-in-law. There is added significance in the observation that this scond movement Opus 56 movement is 56 bars long. Schumann had an obsession with puzzles particularly mathematical ones. When playing this music on the organ understand than it was composed for an instrument described as a pedal piano which had one keyboard which was often used as a practice instrument by organists. Unsurprisingly, in music composed for this instrument with just one keyboard there is opportunity to share parts between the hands in some sections. The realisation plays back at 66 dotted quarter notes (crotchet) beats to the minute. From the music setting point of view this is quite a challenging piece particularly sorting out the two top voices which often are together in the same clef. For the player separating the voices by playing stems up for one voice and stems down for another offers clarity in understanding of the parts. Close

Mi-a-ou from the Dolly Suite Opus 56 arr piano 4 hands (piano duet)

Mi-a-ou is the second movement of the Dolly Suite Opus 56 which was originally published as a piano duet. The realisation score plays back at a tempo Show More...

Mi-a-ou is the second movement of the Dolly Suite Opus 56 which was originally published as a piano duet. The realisation score plays back at a tempo of 72 dotted half beats (minim) beats to the minute although there is a slower section towards the end of the movement. The tempo needs to be brisk but controlled. Some use of the sustaining pedal to communicate the range of the harmonic colour is recommended in one or two sections but is not indicated in the sheet music score. The writing is very pianistic in the sense that there are not too many technical difficulties and the chords fall nicely for the fingers. Rehearsal markings are in place in the score. Duettists will need to play with a lightness in the hands and there needs to be clarity in the articulation of the melodic ideas. Fauré as a composer is capable of writing music that has great appeal for both player and audience. The rhythmic detail is always interesting and the combination of a chromatic harmony with the add reference to the modal past gives the music a modern context. There are many recordings from both recent times and the recording archive which are worth exploring. The two piano parts Primo and Secondo can be downloaded as mp3 accompaniments enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo part The Primo part sounds on the right channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the left channel. Accompaniment 1 plays at 76 dotted half notes to the minute beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 at 69 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute. There is a 4 bar click beat before the music starts playing to give a clear pulse to players. The accompaniments have been recorded at a bit rate 256 kbps. When performing printing two pages of music on to one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. The accompaniments will be uploaded in the next few days. Close

Kitty-Valse from the Dolly Suite Opus 56 for piano 4 hands (piano duet)

Kitty-Valse is the fourth movement of the Dolly Suite Opus 56 originally published as a piano duet. The music needs to be played with a light one in a Show More...

Kitty-Valse is the fourth movement of the Dolly Suite Opus 56 originally published as a piano duet. The music needs to be played with a light one in a bar feel. Fauré as a composer is capable of writing music that has great appeal for both player and audience. The rhythmic detail is always interesting and the combination of a chromatic harmony with the added reference to the modal past gives the music a modern context. There are many recordings from both recent times and the recording archive which are worth exploring. The video score plays back at a tempo of 69 dotted half beats is the fourth movement of the (minim) beats to the minute. Some use of the sustaining pedal to communicate the range of the harmonic colour is recommended but is not indicated in the sheet music score. The realisation is possibly lacking in a lightness of touch that the music editor suggests is needed. Duettists will need to play with a lightness in the hands which is not altogether suggested in the playback of the video score. Additionally, there is probably a context for tempo rubato when playing this movement. The two piano parts primo and secondo can be downloaded as accompaniments enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo part The primo part sounds on one side of the stereo signal and the secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 69 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 66 dotted half note (minim) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 63 dotted half note beats (mimim) to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 60 dotted minim beats. There is a 4 bar click beat before the music starts playing to give a clear pulse to players. The accompaniments have been recorded at a bit rate 256 kbps. When performing printing two pages of music on to one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Rondo: Second Movement from Sonata in D for Opus 6 for piano four hands (piano duet)

The Sonata in D for piano four hands Opus 6 was published in 1797. A rondo is a piece with a recurring theme and typically used as a last movement by Show More...

The Sonata in D for piano four hands Opus 6 was published in 1797. A rondo is a piece with a recurring theme and typically used as a last movement by Beethoven in his sonatas and concertos. They frequently contain music and melodic ideas that express the composer’s sunnier and uplifting side. The Rondo from Opus 6 offers a great opportunity for pianists to develop their ensemble playing skills. The playback tempo in the video score is 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The sustaining pedal can and should be used in a performance although it has not been indicated in the score. Clarity in the articulation of the musical ideas is essential in a successful performance and the contrast between legato and staccato playing can be explored to the full in a performance. Beethoven’s music always has clear harmonic direction and a strong sense of drama. He is also great one for exploring musical form and the dynamic element of music and these elements are evident in what is a relatively early published work. In the video score the ornaments are written out in full. There is always great clarity of intention in the composer’s compositional approach. Accents in Beethoven’s music are quite often placed on the weaker beats of the bar to which help gives his music its characteristic restlessness. Maintaining the rhythmic independence of the musical lines is an important consideration in a performance of the movement. The loud going to soft marking fp is a very characteristic Beethoven score marking. sf in the music score indicates what is known as a forzando or a forceful accent. In the video score the ornaments have also been written out in full. The score layout is ideal for auditioning the movement as a video although the sheet music scores from the PlentyMusic website have Primo and Secondo parts separated onto different pages as is the convention for piano duets. The primo and secondo parts can be downloaded separately as “accompaniments” enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo parts. The primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the secondo part sounds on the other. The tempos are as follows in quarter note beats to the bar Accompaniment 1 plays at 116 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 112 quarter note (crotchet) note beats Accompaniment 3 at 108 quarter note (crotchet) note beats and Accompaniment 4 at 104 quarter note (crotchet) note beats. There is a four bar count in /click introduction on the accompaniment mp3 files which are recorded at 256kbps.When performing printing two pages of music on to one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. It is a good idea for players to use a metronome in their preparation. Close

Soirée Polka arr. piano four hands (piano duet)

Foster’s “ Soirée Polka” is an appealing and rhythmic piece suited to being played by a wide range of instruments and instrumental groups alth Show More...

Foster’s “ Soirée Polka” is an appealing and rhythmic piece suited to being played by a wide range of instruments and instrumental groups although the musical material needs to be played with a lightness of touch. A tempo of 108 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the playback score. The polka is a lively folk dance full of character originating from the area now known as Czechia (Bohemia). Its popularity spread widely throughout Europe and subsequently North and South America. The dance is upbeat and celebratory in character and written in 2/4 time. Stephen Foster (1826-1864) is known as the “father of American music,” responsible for writing over 200 songs many of which are still very well known today. His “My Old Kentucky Home” has been the official state song of Kentucky since 1928. He began composing as a teenager and attempted to live his life as a professional songwriter at a time before copyright laws protected a composer’s work so it was impossible for him to earn a decent living. There are a number of variants of this piece in existence so don’t be concerned if you familiar with a slightly different version. The two piano parts primo and secondo can be downloaded separately as mp3 accompaniments enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo part. The primo part sounds on one side of the stereo channel and the secondo part on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 108 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 100 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 96 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute.There is a 4 bar click beat before the music starts playing to give a pulse and tempo indication for players. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.1 Opus 56 arr. organ

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably strong in a work composed, at a time that Schumann was i Show More...

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably strong in a work composed, at a time that Schumann was intent on restoring rigour and confidence to his own compositional process. For players a secure and even technique is needed to play this relatively short movement. Whilst this music references the past there is a romantic twist or two in the harmonic language. A tempo of 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the organ realisation. Trills begin on the note and the pattern is shown in the ossia stave in bar 7 where the trill is notated. Understand that the melodic and rhythmic shapes of the ornaments need to be played consistently throughout the movement. The trills do not sound in the organ realisation. Schumann’s Canonic Studies were composed in 1845 for pedal piano and subsequently arranged for piano duet / piano four hands by Georges Bizet. There are also other versions for solo piano, two pianos and string quartet. Close

Keyboard Sonata in D minor K.417

The Keyboard Sonata in D minor K.417 is a Fuga and can be performed on either the harpsichord, organ or piano and is believed to date from 1754. It is Show More...

The Keyboard Sonata in D minor K.417 is a Fuga and can be performed on either the harpsichord, organ or piano and is believed to date from 1754. It is composed in a style that refences the past and the notation in long notes imitates the style of writing associated particularly with the polyphonic lines of church music. It has some beautiful soaring lines and is a great piece of music for both the player and listener. Domenico Scarlatti did not compose many fugues and whilst he worked in relative isolation his compositional approach anticipates and looks to the future rather than the past. His father, Alessandro was the one more inclined to compose fugues. The organ realisation plays back at 84 half note beats to the minute. Domenico Scarlatti although born in Italy spent most of his working life employed by the Royal Courts in Portugal and Spain working as a musician, composer and teacher particularly of members of the royal household. His contribution to the repertoire are his 550+ keyboard sonata most of which are very inventive pieces in AB binary form. Little of his music was published in his own lifetime. Close

Sinfonia No.12 in A BWV 798 (Organ)

The Sinfonias of J.S. Bach are three voiced works and can be played on either the harpsichord, piano or organ. There are 15 in the collection all of w Show More...

The Sinfonias of J.S. Bach are three voiced works and can be played on either the harpsichord, piano or organ. There are 15 in the collection all of which explore contrapuntal writing to the full. Bach’s intention was to prepare students for composition and a cantabile style of playing. The autograph copy of the Sinfonia’s is dated 1723. The organ realisation plays back at a tempo of 80 quarter note beats to the minute. The Two Part Inventions and Sinfonias are essential repertoire for all keyboard players and not a bad introduction to playing Bach on the organ. They are ideal “warm up” pieces. Close

Invention 8 BWV 779 organ

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 in F is one of the most popular of the two part inventions and available as a free sheet music score from PlentyMusic Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Invention 8 BWV 779 in F is one of the most popular of the two part inventions and available as a free sheet music score from PlentyMusic. Cadential preparation is a strong feature and because is a relatively familiar keyboard work pianists will need to ensure that it has been well prepared before a performance. The realisation plays back at 96 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Many play it faster and interestingly it is an invention without ornaments. Avoid playing the movement too loudly and keep a lightness in the hands. Remember that music cannot be played quickly until it can be played slowly. Keyboard players need to choose a tempo at which the whole movement can be played consistently. It is a good test piece for players because this piece can very easily run away with itself requiring a tempo adjustment in the challenging sixteenth /semi-quaver sections. Keyboard players will need to keep a lightness in the hands if they are to play the movement at tempo. Fingers will also need to be close to the keys. Fingering choices dependent on the direction in which the fingers and hands are moving also has a context with this particular invention. An uplifting and appealing invention giving keyboard players the opportunity to combine legato and detached or staccato playing. Keyboard players are in familar territory both with the harmonic outline or key journey and the compositional processes used This invention generally invites more of a consistent approach and vision which is suggested and supported by the recordings available. Again it is wise for players to listen to performances of this invention on streaming media to understand the different approaches that players have when performing this movement. What is fascinating is to hear some of the greatest pianists and harpsichordists playing what really are considered to be learning pieces. The Bach Inventions are generally considered to be intermediate level movements when played on a keyboard instrument. The principle behind J. S. Bach’s two part inventions is to take a musical idea or motive and then process it following the rules of good contrapuntal writing using the compositional processes of the baroque and at the same time referencing the closely related keys in the journey. Inversion, repetition, sequence, transposition, rhythmic augmentation/diminution amongst processes are evident in Bach’s inventions as most other music of the baroque period. J. S. Bach composed 15 Inventions in a collection dating from 1723 intended to introduce keyboard players to composition techniques of the baroque. They are excellent pieces for developing a sound and secure keyboard technique. A plain score is attached to the edited music score. Close

Fugue in G minor

There are recordings of this work played on the piano, organ and harpsichord of this fine 4 part fugue now attributed to Gottlieb Muffat. Gottlieb Muf Show More...

There are recordings of this work played on the piano, organ and harpsichord of this fine 4 part fugue now attributed to Gottlieb Muffat. Gottlieb Muffat (1690 – 1770) the son of George Muffat was a court organist and composer in Vienna becoming first organist on the accession of Maria Theresa to the throne in 1741. His compositional output mostly comprises keyboard music although much of it was not published. Toccatas, fugues, ricerare, canzonas and suites are to be found in his music collections and Handel often borrowed and reworked Muffat’s music. Muffat was a fine contrapuntist although a conservative approach is evident in his writing. This piece is often attributed to G. Frescobaldi. The chromatic element of this movement makes it a challenge to read and to complicate matters performances and sheet music copies of the music do vary in their detail. Players need to study the score carefully because at times the musical lines have conflicting accidentals. This is explained by the composer referencing the modes that originate in music from earlier times that createwhat are known as “false relations.” There is an arrangement by Bartok of this Fugue for piano although at the time ihe understood it to be a work by Frescobaldi. There need to be clarity in the articulation of the lines particular when the fugal entries are made. A tempo in the range 72 – 84 quarter note beats to the minute is suggested whilst in the realisation and video score play back at 80 quarter note beats to the minute. One of the challenges for the player is deciding which hand plays which notes in the middle voices. The music editor will upload an edited music score to the website in the future. Players also need to communicate an awareness of the musical texture in their playing. The trills begin on the note and modern performances often features additional ornaments although the music editor advises caution and consistency in their use. There are strong rhythmic motifs in the fugue and any ornamentation should not detract from the composer’s intention. There are performances that suggest that the performance practice for music of this period is not as secure as music from more well researched times. Another challenge for musicians is understanding the pitch element in the music of the period. The tuning fork was invented in 1711 and the suggestion is that the pitch standard during the Baroque period was roughly a semitone layer than modern standard pitch of A4 = 440Hz. A4 in the Baroque period was = 415Hz although pitch levels did vary around Europe. The chromatic element is a particular feature and there is a unifying downwards chromatic line that appears a number of times. Close

Canzona in F

A very attractive piece for organ or harpsichord just 56 bars in length but featuring strong musical shapes that explores the full range of the organ Show More...

A very attractive piece for organ or harpsichord just 56 bars in length but featuring strong musical shapes that explores the full range of the organ manual. A tempo in the range 84 – 96 quarter note beats to the minute is suggested with the realisation playing back at 84 quarter note beats to the minute. The movement can be played on a one manual instrument with an 8 foot stop suggested as an appropriate registration. Imitation, the use of sequence and repetition are compositional processes that feature with the full range of the keyboard being explored. The descending musical shapes and motifs need to be clearly articulated particularly at the beginning of phrases. There are 12 ornaments indicated in the score. The upper mordent note /note above/note is used on short notes while the trill is in place on notes a quarter note (crotchet) in length. As the movement progresses the texture becomes more complex and ornaments become less evident in the score. The video score which can be viewed on the YouTube channel has all the ornaments written out whilst the sheet music score has symbols in place. Ornamentation in music performance is a complex topic and additional ornaments could be added at important cadence points. The music editor argues the case for clarity and simplicity suggesting that ornaments are added when the movement can be played competently. Note that rests in silent voices are used rather inconsistently. The music editor has found recordings of this music where it has been attributed to A. Scarlatti. As music was hand copied and often shared between teachers and pupils this is a frequent occurrence in music from these early times. Domenico Zipoli (1688-1726) was an Italian Baroque composer who lived and worked as a Jesuit priest in South America. Born in Prato, near Florence he studied with Alessandro Scarlatti and Bernardo Pasquini and in Rome produced in 1716 a collection of keyboard pieces titled Sonate d’intavolatura per organo e cimbalo which includes this particular canzona. This music is still highly regarded and playable by an intermediate level player. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. solo piano

In this arrangement for solo piano of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 (by the composer) the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (cro Show More...

In this arrangement for solo piano of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 (by the composer) the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. cello & piano

In this arrangement for violoncello with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter n Show More...

In this arrangement for violoncello with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The small ornamental notes do not sound in the arrangement although they have been retained in the sheet music score. The music editor suggests that they are probably best omitted certainly in the early stages of learning the piece and possibly altogether for those instruments sounding in the bass clef. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. violin & piano

In this arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note ( Show More...

In this arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 150 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The small ornamental notes that sound in the realisation are probably best omitted certainly in the early stages of learning the piece. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. bassoon & piano

In this arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note Show More...

In this arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126.The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The small ornamental notes do not sound in the arrangement although they have been retained in the sheet music score. The music editor suggests that they are probably best omitted certainly in the early stages of learning the piece and possibly altogether for those instruments sounding in the bass clef. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. tenor saxophone & piano

In this arrangement for tenors saxophone with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quar Show More...

In this arrangement for tenors saxophone with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The small ornamental notes do not sound in the arrangement although they have been retained in the sheet music score. The music editor suggests that they are probably best omitted certainly in the early stages of learning the piece. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. soprano saxophone & piano

In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 qua Show More...

In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126.ture. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The acciaccatura or crushed note do not sound in bar 20 and bar 116. Instrumentalists may well review the playing of the small ornamental notes and leave them out entirely although they have been retained in the sheet music score. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarte Show More...

In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 150 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The acciaccatura or crushed note do not sound in bar 20 and bar 116. Instrumentalists may well review the playing of the small ornamental notes and leave them out entirely although they have been retained in the sheet music score. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. oboe & piano

In this arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (cr Show More...

In this arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The acciaccatura or crushed note do not sound in bar 20 and bar 116. Instrumentalists may well review the playing of the small ornamental notes and leave them out entirely although they have been retained in the sheet music score. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. flute & piano

In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (c Show More...

In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 150 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. organ solo

Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it a challenging performance piece. The melody needs to be played on Show More...

Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it a challenging performance piece. The melody needs to be played on the swell or choir manual and the accompaniment using a quiet registration on the great. The pedal part can also be coupled to the great. In any transcription or score reduction compromises have to be made. The repeating elements do add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which the organist will need to take into consideration in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing a controlled tone in solo playing. The off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 90 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry for the original song was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 for piano duet (piano 4 hands)

A tempo of 50 dotted quarter note beats to the minute is appropriate if players wish to play the movement at one tempo. Another approach is to take th Show More...

A tempo of 50 dotted quarter note beats to the minute is appropriate if players wish to play the movement at one tempo. Another approach is to take the opening and closing section and play those slightly slower than the middle B section. Both approaches are quite valid. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music. The melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections is in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for the drawing room and composed at a time when the playing of piano duets was a very popular pastime. The triplet figuration so characteristic of Spanish music is a strong feature in this movement. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. The mp3 accompaniment downloads from the PlentyMusic website enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 150/135/150, Accompaniment 2 plays 144/144/144, Accompaniment 3 at 138/150/138, Accompaniment 4 at 135/150/135 and Accompaniment 5 at 135/144/135 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute If pianists require accompaniments with different tempi then please advise the PlentyMusic office. There is a four bar count that features the sound of two pitches of a woodblock. If not using an iPad or notebook, when performing PlentyMusic scores printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Moritz Moszkowski (1854 – 1925) was a German composer of Polish – Jewish descent who was an exceptional pianist and well known at the end of the 19th century as a concert pianist, conductor, composer and teacher. He was also a competent violinist. He composed many small-scale piano works of which his 5 Spanish Dances Opus 12 set are probably the best known existing in several formats. After moving to Paris in 1897 his health deteriorated from 1908 and his career quickly went into decline. From being rich and famous he soon lost all his money as a result of exchanging the copyrights on his music for government bonds which became worthless at the outbreak of the war in 1914. Close

First Movement: Andante spiccato (organ version) from Concerto in D minor BWV 794 (after Marcello) Organ

This is J.S. Bach’s transcription of the first movement from A. Marcello’s oboe concerto. Bach was a great copier of music making it suitable for Show More...

This is J.S. Bach’s transcription of the first movement from A. Marcello’s oboe concerto. Bach was a great copier of music making it suitable for performance on the organ. Bach’s version dates from 1715. The score is marked Andante spiccato. Spiccato is a reference to a type of staccato and bowing technique on a string instrument. There is much to be learnt about the baroque concerto playing this movement and the terms frequently associated with the music all have a context. Tutti (all) ritornello (a recurring passage / theme / refrain) ripieno (whole group) concertino (solo group) episode (a musical section or passage that is not the theme). A competent performance of this movement should demonstrate that the player has a clear understanding of both the structure and texture. Remember that Bach’s keyboard transcription was originally an orchestral work. Ornaments featured in the movement are presented simply and consistently. Keyboard players will find many variants in terms of their frequency and their interpretation. Listen to recordings and copy the best of modern practice is the best advice. When learning the piece the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments. The ornaments have been written out in the piano video score available to view on our YouTube channel (the same ornaments feature in both the piano and organ sheet music scores). The organ sheet music score available from the PlentyMusic website has the symbols for the ornaments in place which understandably gives the score visual clarity. The organ realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Clarity in the articulation of every note is the challenge in playing the music of J. S. Bach. As is the custom with the notation of baroque music there is very little score detail but understandably as the piano invites dynamic shading there is scope for interpretation and nuance in a performance. The movement ends with a Tierce de Picardy aka a Picardy third. This is essentially refers to the use of a major chord at the end of a piece in the minor key. Close

First Movement: Andante spiccato (piano version) from Concerto in D minor BWV 794 Piano

This is J.S. Bach’s transcription of the first movement from A. Marcello’s oboe concerto. Bach was a great copier of music making it suitable for Show More...

This is J.S. Bach’s transcription of the first movement from A. Marcello’s oboe concerto. Bach was a great copier of music making it suitable for performance on the organ. Bach’s version dates from 1715. The score is marked Andante spiccato. Spiccato is a reference to a type of staccato and bowing technique on a string instrument. There is much to be learnt about the baroque concerto playing this movement and the terms frequently associated with the music all have a context. Tutti (all) ritornello (a recurring passage / theme / refrain) ripieno (whole group) concertino (solo group) episode (a musical section or passage that is not the theme). A competent performance of this movement should demonstrate that the player has a clear understanding of both the structure and texture. Remember that Bach’s keyboard transcription was originally an orchestral work. Ornaments featured in the movement are presented simply and consistently. Keyboard players will find many variants in terms of their frequency and their interpretation. Listen to recordings and copy the best of modern practice is the best advice. When learning the piece the music editor suggests omitting the ornaments. The piano sheet music score available from the PlentyMusic website has the symbols for the ornaments in place which understandably gives the score more visual clarity. Players may wish to review the use of ornaments in the light of their own listening and study. Ornaments always need to played rhythmically with clarity and consistency. The piano realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The ornaments have been written out in the piano video score available to view on our YouTube channel. Pianists need to approach a lightness in the hands and the music editor suggests a dry acoustic with minimal use of the sustaining pedal. Clarity in the articulation of every note is the challenge in playing the music of J. S. Bach. As is the custom with the notation of baroque music there is very little score detail but understandably as the piano invites dynamic shading there is scope for interpretation and nuance in a performance. The movement ends with a Tierce de Picardy aka a Picardy third. This is essentially refers to the use of a major chord at the end of a piece in the minor key. Close

Second Movement: Adagio from Concerto in D minor BWV 794 Piano

This is J.S. Bach’s transcription of the second movement from A. Marcello’s oboe concerto. Bach was a great copier of music often making it suitab Show More...

This is J.S. Bach’s transcription of the second movement from A. Marcello’s oboe concerto. Bach was a great copier of music often making it suitable for performance on the organ. This is a keyboard arrangement of an oboe concerto attributed to the Venetian composer A. Marcello although Bach understood it to be a work by Vivaldi. J.S.Bach’s arrangement dates from 1715. It is work that is can be performed on the piano, organ and harpsichord. Careful reading of the score is required because of the numerous accidentals and the rhythmic accuracy that is required to play this movement as notated. The eighth note chordal accompaniment is very helpful in assisting accurate positioning of the notes. Playing a slow movement in a sustained and controlled way is a challenge and requires a different intensity than playing a movement in a moderate tempo. The realisation or video plays back at a tempo of 63 eighth note (quaver) beats to the minute although a tempo range from 60 to 66 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute is appropriate for the movement. and the ornaments are written out in full so what you see in the score is exactly what you hear. The sheet music music available from the PlentyMusic website has the symbols for the ornaments in place which understandably gives the score more visual clarity. The ornament markings in the sheet music score can be cross referenced with the video score and obviously with other recordings of the work. Players may wish to review the use of ornaments in the light of their own listening and study. Ornaments need to played rhythmically with clarity and consistency. There are a number of different ornaments that feature in the score. The music editor suggests omitting the ornaments win the early stages of learning the movement. The ornamentation in the realisation reflects current performance practice. The movement ends with a Tierce de Picardy aka a Picardy third. This is essentially refers to the use of a major chord at the end of a piece in the minor key. Close

Third Movement: Presto from Concerto in D minor BWV 794 Piano

This is a keyboard arrangement of an oboe concerto attributed to the Venetian composer A. Marcello although Bach understood it to be a work by Vivaldi Show More...

This is a keyboard arrangement of an oboe concerto attributed to the Venetian composer A. Marcello although Bach understood it to be a work by Vivaldi. J.S.Bach’s arrangement dates from 1715.It is work that is performed on the piano, organ and harpsichord. The organ realisation of this the Third Movement: Presto plays back at 56 dotted quarter note beats to the minute and the repeat is not played. In the video score the ornaments are written out in full. Additional ornaments can be added at the performer’s discretion. The music editor suggests listening to available recordings of this work before making a judgement about possible additions that could be made.Bach’s arrangement is mostly written in two parts is an excellent piece for a pianist to consider playing on the organ.The realisation utilises an 8’ Principal from a sample set. In a performance the organist could explore an alternative registration on the repeats. Close

Bagatelle No. 7 in A Flat Opus 33

This is a concise and dramatic movement and representative of the compositional style of Beethoven around 1800 whilst the movement itself dates from 1 Show More...

This is a concise and dramatic movement and representative of the compositional style of Beethoven around 1800 whilst the movement itself dates from 1803. The score is marked Presto and the realisation plays back at 108 dotted half note (minim) beats to the minute. The music needs to be played with a sense of one in a bar. The repeats are also played in the realisation and the music editor suggests that they should be played as the piece is being studied. Much can be learnt about Beethoven’s craft as a composer from this relatively short movement. Slow very accurate playing is needed in the first instance before building up to performance tempo. It is an excellent piece to evaluate and improve piano technique. It is a type of piece that a pianist needs to return to every once and a while both to refresh and improve. Much of the movement needs to be played with a lightness in the hands. The edited sheet music score has suggested fingering in place. The sustaining pedal is used in some of the sections and the music editor suggests a change of pedal with each change of harmony. Close

Pastorale arr. two manual organ with pedals

A beautiful movement in 12/8 time from the baroque Italian composer who studied with A. Scarlatti and B. Pasquini before working as a priest in South Show More...

A beautiful movement in 12/8 time from the baroque Italian composer who studied with A. Scarlatti and B. Pasquini before working as a priest in South America. A pastorale is an instrumental composition usually in moderate tempo which suggests and evokes the life of a shepherd. Usually in 6/8 9/8 or 12/8 time they often feature a drone accompaniment reminiscent of the bagpipes, an instrument very much associated with shepherds. The use of thirds is another common feature and they are often played at Christmas. There are many examples from the repertoire including those by Corelli, Vivaldi, Handel and more recently Pietro Yon. The movement is in three sections. The first and last sections are in 12/8 and are played at 63 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. These two sections are 21 bar and 25 bars in length and are in similar character although the closing section is chromatic. The second section is 11 bars long and in common time and is played at 100 quarter note beats to the minute. Ornamentation is in place for the 11 bar middle section. For pianists playing the organ there is only one pedal note to play. The arrangement is for a two manual instrument and there is clear indication in the sheet music score as to which music is played on which manual. The movement can however be played quite satisfactorily on a one manual instrument. On the sheet music score Manual 1 refers to the swell and Manual 2 refers to the great. Players may prefer to substitute these terms on their music scores. In the instruments of Zipoli’s time changing the registration or choice of stops was effectively the only technique available to the organist to change the sound and volume. Modern instruments with swell pedals enabling the swell box to be opened and closed and change the volume were a much later invention. Three different registrations are suggested for playing the movement although only two are used in the realisation. Domenico Ziploi (1688-1726) was an Italian Baroque composer who lived and worked as a Jesuit priest in South America. Born in Prato, near Florence he studied with Alessandro Scarlatti and Bernardo Pasquini and in Rome produced in 1716 a collection of keyboard pieces titled Sonate d’intavolatura per organo e cimbalo. This music is still highly regarded and playable by intermediate level. Close

Second Movement: Andante from Sonatina in C Opus 20 No.1

The second movement Andante from Kuhlau’s Sonatina in C is an intermediate level piano solo and an excellent piece to play for those seeking to deve Show More...

The second movement Andante from Kuhlau’s Sonatina in C is an intermediate level piano solo and an excellent piece to play for those seeking to develop their legato playing in the context of a slow movement. Playing a slow movement does require emotional range and they are often more difficult to play than musicians imagine when compared to say a minuet and trio and a moderate tempo. This slow movement needs to be played with a clear awareness of the 6/8 timing which needs to be communicated in the playing. The rhythmic detail requires particular attention whilst the melody clearly needs to sing out over the accompaniment. The repeats are played in the realisation. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended and has been notated in just the first line of the sheet music score although its use is required for the whole movement. The convention when playing a repeated note in classical music is often to change the finger used and keyboard players may wish to develop this technique in this movement. A plain score is appended to the edited sheet music score enabling players to edit in their own choice of fingering and pedal markings. Close

Après un rêve arr. organ

The piece has its origins as a song composed in the key of the key of C minor published in 1878 and is one of the composers most beautiful and popular Show More...

The piece has its origins as a song composed in the key of the key of C minor published in 1878 and is one of the composers most beautiful and popular melodies. In this arrangement a tempo of 58 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute has been used in the realisation. Two registrations are suggested for the playing of the melody which is best played on a swell or choir manual. Fauré as a pianist and accompanist was very much regarded as something of a metronome and not considered to be very sympathetic to singers of his songs particularly when they added subtlety and nuance at the end of phrases. It would be beneficial to spend time reading through the text for the song in translation to have an understanding of the music’s original context. As an organ piece this music is suited to being played on different occasions. Close

Arrival of the Queen of Sheba arr. piano and organ

The “Arrival of the Queen of Sheba” is a very popular piece and is often used as a wedding processional. This shortened version has just 36 bars a Show More...

The “Arrival of the Queen of Sheba” is a very popular piece and is often used as a wedding processional. This shortened version has just 36 bars and lasts for just over a minute which is often long enough for the purposes of most weddings. The sounding key of the organ arrangement is G major whilst the realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Three registrations are suggested and used in the realisation and are suggested for a performance. There is also a piano score attached to the organ score as the music can be quite satisfactorily played on the manuals. Playing the full version is quite a challenge because of the key changes which make closing off the music in the context of a wedding rather unpredictable and often not easy. The sinfonia was originally scored for two oboes and strings and comes from Act III of Handel’s oratorio “Solomon.” The title the was given to the Sinfonia by Sir Thomas Beecham possibly in the 1930’s. Close

II. Largo from Organ Sonata in D minor

The Largo from the Organ Sonata in D minor is a binary form movement in 12/8. The realisation plays back at 42 dotted quarter note beats to the minute Show More...

The Largo from the Organ Sonata in D minor is a binary form movement in 12/8. The realisation plays back at 42 dotted quarter note beats to the minute whilst the trills sound on the playing of the repeats. The sheet music comes with both a piano and organ score. This is a very good movement to transition piano players into playing the organ with two manuals and pedals. The music editor suggests playing through the music without ornamentation in the first instance then adding the trills on the repeat. The advice on the use or ornaments is that appropriateness and consistency should be the abiding criteria in a performance. Ornamentation is a complex issue particularly at this time in music history. Apart from the consideration of Italian style there is also the fact that Galuppi is one of those composers who links one musical age and with another in what was a time of much change in performance practice. He composed a great number of works for keyboard instruments and was highly regarded as a performer. He also composed operas and sacred music. Galuppi’s music is not particularly well represented by publishers and one of the reasons for this is because of Napoleon’s invasion of Venice in 1797. As a consequence of this many of the composer’s manuscripts were lost. Baldassare Galuppi (1706 – 1785) was born on the Venetian island of Burano and whilst he worked in Vienna, London and St. Petersburg he was mostly based in Venice where he held a number of important musical positions. He is one of an important group of composers that link the baroque with the classical age and is identified particularly with the style galant movement. Close

I. Allegro from Organ Sonata in D minor

The First Movement from Baldassare Galuppi’s Organ Sonata in D minor is in AB binary form. For those who wish to have more information on how the or Show More...

The First Movement from Baldassare Galuppi’s Organ Sonata in D minor is in AB binary form. For those who wish to have more information on how the ornaments are played then the music editor suggests referring to the video sheet music score on YouTube where the ornaments are written out in full. As an organ piece the movement can be effectively played on a one manual instrument with possibly a choice of 8’ stops. This is music composed in the transition period between the baroque and classical periods. The A section is just 10 bars long and essentially comprises has two contrasting musical ideas or strains a and b with each strain being 5 bars long. The section closes in the dominant key of A minor. The B section is 20 bars long and opens with the same shape and strain as the first section but in A minor. Some new material is introduced at bar 16 and then after a few passing modulations the movement returns to the home key and opening strain of Section A at bar 23. Baldassare Galuppi (1706 – 1785) was born on the Venetian island of Burano and whilst he worked in Vienna, London and St. Petersburg he was mostly based in Venice where he held a number of important musical positions. He is one of an important group of composers that link the baroque with the classical age and is identified particularly with the style galant movement. Close

III. Allegro e spiritoso from Organ Sonata in D minor

The uplifting third movement from Baldassare Galuppi's Organ Sonata in D minor has strong rhythmic shapes and harmonic sequences. The video score play Show More...

The uplifting third movement from Baldassare Galuppi's Organ Sonata in D minor has strong rhythmic shapes and harmonic sequences. The video score plays back at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A lightness in the registration is appropriate whilst the movement can be played the without repeats. There is a lovely exploration of space in this music with the rhythmic shapes being a strong feature of the musical content. Galuppi is one of an important group of composers that link the baroque with the classical age and is identified particularly with the “galant style” movement. Galuppi’s music is not particularly well represented by publishers and one of the reasons for this is because of Napoleon’s invasion of Venice in 1797. As a consequence of this many of the composers’ manuscripts misplaced and lost. Close

Adagio from Sonata in A minor Wq 70/4, H 85

Carl Philip Emanuel Bach 1714 - 1788 is an important figure in music history and a composer that links the baroque with the classical era. He was an i Show More...

Carl Philip Emanuel Bach 1714 - 1788 is an important figure in music history and a composer that links the baroque with the classical era. He was an important influence on F.J.Haydn and L. van Beethoven who both held J. S. Bach’s composing son in high regard. This particular period in music history is a fascinating one and C.P.E Bach’s music is deserving of more attention both from the performance point of view and the need for well researched modern editions of his most popular music. This particular movement is in the “empfindsamer Stil” or sensitive style that is a feature in much of C.P.E.Bach’s music and other north German composers of the mid 18th century. It is approach that focuses on the expression of emotion in an intimate musical style that could be described as being declamatory or one that utilises both drama and dialogue. Whilst a movement with appeal there will be quite a challenge getting the piece to a performance standard. A realisation score with the ornaments all written out is appended to the sheet music score so that keyboard players can make a thorough study of the ornamentation of this work. This is an often complex and contradictory area but understandable because this composition comes from a time of great change in music. Keyboard players should have a sense of an eighth note quaver beat whilst the video score plays back at a tempo of 58 quaver beats to the minute. C.P.E. Bach’s favourite keyboard instrument was the in fact the clavichord and he was not really known to be an organ virtuoso like his father. He composed relatively little for the organ but did write some sonatas music for the sister of Frederick II, the Great, Princess Anna Amalia of Prussia. This movement which is part of a three movement sonata was composed sometime around 1755. C.P.E. Bach was known as the “Berlin Bach” whilst he worked in Berlin and then the “Hamburg Bach” when he moved there to replace his godfather Telemann as Kapellmeister. This distinguished him from his brother J.C. Bach who was known as the “London Bach”. Close

Für Elise | solo piano | full version

A very familiar piano piece known as “Für Elise” and sometimes described as Bagatelle in A minor WoO 59 although it is actually in rondo form. In Show More...

A very familiar piano piece known as “Für Elise” and sometimes described as Bagatelle in A minor WoO 59 although it is actually in rondo form. Interestingly it is a piece that was not published until 40 years after the composer’s death. As a popular piece with some sections invitingly straightforward and others more challenging to play it is a movement that is frequently played badly. Counting and communicating the beats to the bar particularly in the tricky octave sections is essential if the timing is to be accurate. The realisation is lacking in tonal contrast. The movement needs to be played with a lightness in the hands which means that it shouldn’t be played too loudly. The performer needs to aim to communicate the simplicity of the music which actually is quite a rare quality in Beethoven’s music. The realisation is a little bit stiff and lacks fluidity especially in the statement and of the opening motif/shape and its many repetitions. The player has the opportunity to linger a little more than is demonstrated in the playback whilst always suggesting a one beat to the bar feel in the music. The music editor suggests the use the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the first section of the sheet music score. The bass line from bar 81 is an opportunity for pianists to use different fingers on the repeating notes and the music editor suggests the players write in their own fingering choices. For those wanting clarity on how to play the turn in bar 51 the music editor suggests looking at the video score on our YouTube channel. Click the link on the home page of the website. The music editor has not made use of repeat signs which is an option that could have been used in the first part of the movement Beethoven expanded the musical forms of the classical period. He also is an important link between the classical and the subsequent romantic age. As a composer he was especially interested in process and the exploration of musical ideas. Für Elise is also a romantic work in the sense that it invites a strong emotional response from both players and listeners. Close

Rondo | Third Movement | Sonatina in C Opus 20 No. 1

The third movement from Kuhlau’s Sonatina in C is an intermediate level piano solo and an excellent piece to play for those seeking to acquire the p Show More...

The third movement from Kuhlau’s Sonatina in C is an intermediate level piano solo and an excellent piece to play for those seeking to acquire the piano technique needed to play classical music competently. This is a typical last movement of a sonatina or sonata in that it is light in mood and in rondo form. A rondo is a movement with a recurring theme and the structure can be represented by the letters ABACAB + a closing section or coda. For those who persevere in managing to play the movement competently there are many pieces waiting to be played from the classical repertoire. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Playing at this tempo does require lightness in the hands. This is perfect music for the piano with both themes and accompaniment perfectly suited to being articulated on the piano. The sustain pedal is may be used but its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Friedrich Kuhlau (1786 – 1832) was a Danish composer and pianist of the late Classical and early Romantic time who along with a group of composers that includes Muzio Clementi (1752 -1832), Jan L. Dussek (1760 – 1812) and others composed piano music that is has become essential repertoire for the growing pianist. Close

Duet No.3 BWV 804 (organ)

Duet No.3 BWV 804 in G major is an appealing work with a light, dance like character. It is an intermediate level performance piece reminiscent of the Show More...

Duet No.3 BWV 804 in G major is an appealing work with a light, dance like character. It is an intermediate level performance piece reminiscent of the composers Two Part Inventions. The Duet does present a number of score reading challenges for the player even though the music is conceived in two parts. The 4 Duets are part of Clavier-Übung III or the German Organ Mass and composed really at the zenith of the composer’s contrapuntal writing. The edited music score has suggested fingering which may serve as a useful guide to how the movement is studied in the first instance. The music editors concept is that once familiarised with the movement that players will make use of the plain score perhaps substituting their own choice of fingering where they feel it is appropriate. The time signature is in 12/8 and the piano realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 dotted quarter note beats to the minute. There are many fine performances of this movement on several different types of keyboard instrument that are worth exploring. Close

Duet No.3 BWV 804 (piano)

Duet No.3 BWV 804 in G major is an appealing work with a light, dance like character. It is an intermediate level performance piece reminiscent of the Show More...

Duet No.3 BWV 804 in G major is an appealing work with a light, dance like character. It is an intermediate level performance piece reminiscent of the composers Two Part Inventions. The Duet does present a number of score reading challenges for the player even though the music is conceived in two parts. The 4 Duets are part of Clavier-Übung III or the German Organ Mass and composed really at the zenith of the composer’s contrapuntal writing. The edited music score has suggested fingering which may serve as a useful guide to how the movement is studied in the first instance. The music editors concept is that once familiarised with the movement that players will make use of the plain score perhaps substituting their own choice of fingering where they feel it is appropriate. The time signature is in 12/8 and the piano realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 dotted quarter note beats to the minute. There are many fine performances of this movement on several different types of keyboard instrument that are worth exploring. Close

Canzona No.5

Froberger’s Canzona No.5 is a work performed on both the organ and harpsichord. It is composed in three section ABC each being independent of the ot Show More...

Froberger’s Canzona No.5 is a work performed on both the organ and harpsichord. It is composed in three section ABC each being independent of the other. The music is conceived in 4 lines and imitation is a featured compositional process. The realization plays back at 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute in the A section, 76 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute in the B section and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute in the final C section. When playing through the movement some thought does need to be given to the sharing of the lines between the two hands. There are moments in the score when there is tonal/modal ambiguity in the score. False relation is in evidence in the writing. This movement is evidence that the tonal system was not fully established and in place. The thematic ideas in all three sections are of a lively and uplifting character. The tempo is much slower at the cadence points at the end of the three section. Cadence points also offer an opportunity for ornamentation that needs to be appropriate style. The music is conceived in 4 parts and where a part is not being sounded rests also indicated in the score. When played on a two manual organ the A+C section can be played on one manual and the B section on another. 8 ft stops would be an appropriate choice for the registration. Johann Jacob Froberger (1616 – 1667) was a German baroque composer, harpsichordist and organist particularly remembered for creating and developing the keyboard suite. The composer generally would not allow his music to be published so only his patrons and friends were familiar with his music. As recently as 2006 an autographed manuscript of his music was discovered. He was a pupil of Frescobaldi and spent time living and working in Vienna. Close

Le jardin de Dolly (from the Dolly Suite Opus 56) arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

Le jardin de Dolly is the third movement of the Dolly Suite Opus 56 and was originally published as a piano duet. The realization score plays back at Show More...

Le jardin de Dolly is the third movement of the Dolly Suite Opus 56 and was originally published as a piano duet. The realization score plays back at a tempo of 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. When performing the music there is an opportunity to slow down at the ends of phrases and then return to a tempo at the start of the next phrase and this approach is featured in both the realisation and the accompaniments. Gabriel Fauré’s Le jardin de Dolly is a lovely piano duet to play. Once you notice the detail of the scoring then you begin to appreciate the beauty of the writing and scoring. Use of the sustaining pedal to communicate the range of the harmonic colour is recommended and but not indicated in the sheet music score. The movement technically is not difficult to play but it does require careful reading and understanding of the contexts of the parts particularly when the melody moves to one of the inner parts. Too many duettists play this music too quickly which makes it rather abrupt as such and some of the reflective quality is lost. There are many recordings from both recent times and the recording archive which are worth exploring. The music editor was particularly impressed with the recording by Beatrice and Walter Klein who play the movement in an almost hushed secretive manner. The modal element that features in so much of Fauré’s music stems back to the fact that the composer like many French musicians was trained in the traditions of church music which referenced the old scales used particularly in the singing of plainchant. The two piano parts Primo and Secondo can be downloaded separately as “accompaniments” enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo part The Primo part sounds on the right channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the left channel. Accompaniment 1 plays at 76 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 at 69 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute. There is a 4 bar click beat before the music starts playing to give a clear pulse to players. When performing printing two pages of music on to one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players Close

Minuet in G WoO 10 No.2 arr. clarinet in A & piano

A very appealing and familiar movement from the treasure trove of Beethoven’s works WoO (Without Opus number) Originally composed for orchestra, the Show More...

A very appealing and familiar movement from the treasure trove of Beethoven’s works WoO (Without Opus number) Originally composed for orchestra, the manuscript was lost and the music has essentially been reconstructed from a piano arrangement. It is a melodic piece full of character and humour and this arrangement is for clarinet in A with piano accompaniment. In performance the Minuet is played with repeats followed by the Trio section marked Più mosso again with repeats. Finally, the first Minuet is repeated but this time without repeats. A rit. (slowing down) at the end of the two main sections (minuet and trio) is appropriate. The music editor urges those auditioning this piece to listen to many performances featuring different soloists get a clear vision of how the movement can and should be played. It is a Beethoven piece that frequently is played badly. A tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested for the first Minuet section and a tempo of 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested for the Trio section marked Più mosso. Accompaniments are available for this score with a four bar count in played on a two sounds of the wood block. Because of the tempo changes and the upbeat in the solo part there is a two beat click between the sections. Accompaniment 1 has a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 110 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 2 has a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 116 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 3 has a tempo of 108 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 116 for the Trio section and Accompaniment 4 has a tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 120 for the Trio section. This score was reviewed with accompaniments added in 2022. A clarinet in A part appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. Close

Minuet in G WoO 10 No.2 arr. bassoon & piano

A very appealing and familiar movement from the treasure trove of Beethoven’s works WoO (Without Opus number) Originally composed for orchestra, the Show More...

A very appealing and familiar movement from the treasure trove of Beethoven’s works WoO (Without Opus number) Originally composed for orchestra, the manuscript was lost and the music has essentially been reconstructed from a piano arrangement. It is a melodic piece full of character and humour and this arrangement is for bassoon with piano accompaniment. In performance the Minuet is played with repeats followed by the Trio section marked Più mosso again with repeats. Finally, the first Minuet is repeated but this time without repeats. A rit. (slowing down) at the end of the two main sections (minuet and trio) is appropriate. The music editor urges those auditioning this piece to listen to many performances featuring different soloists get a clear vision of how the movement can and should be played. It is a Beethoven piece that frequently is played badly. A tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested for the first Minuet section and a tempo of 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested for the Trio section marked Più mosso. Accompaniments are available for this score with a four bar count in played on a two sounds of the wood block. Because of the tempo changes and the upbeat in the solo part there is a two beat click between the sections. Accompaniment 1 has a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 110 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 2 has a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 116 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 3 has a tempo of 108 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 116 for the Trio section and Accompaniment 4 has a tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 120 for the Trio section. This score was reviewed and revised with accompaniments added in 2022. A bassoon part is appended to the music score. Close

Fugue in E (originally in G) BuxWV 175 arranged for guitar trio

The three part Fugue in E BuxWV 175 originates as an organ work but readily transcribes as music that can be a guitar ensemble. It is a movement featu Show More...

The three part Fugue in E BuxWV 175 originates as an organ work but readily transcribes as music that can be a guitar ensemble. It is a movement featuring much imitation in the three lines of music. It is also divided into three sections and is more canzona than fugue. The music needs to be played very evenly with a lightness of touch. Entries of the subject in the voices need to be stated clearly. The challenge in playing music in this style is creating space and communicating the intentions and formal shape of the music. The playback tempo in the realisation is 76 quarter note beats to the minute but the movement can be played at a quicker tempo if preferred. Individual guitar parts are appended to the full score. There is minimal score detail in the sheet music score as is the convention with music from this era. The music editor also suggests listening to some of the organ versions that exist readily accessible on streaming media. Buxtehude 1637 – 1707 was an important compose of the mid-baroque period and an important influence on J. S. Bach, G.F. Handel and G. P. Telemann. Whilst described as a German composer he considered to be Danish himself though the place he was born is now in Sweden! His place of work from 1668 was St. Mary’s Church, (Marienkirche) Lübeck and apart from his vocal music composed for church contexts there is a substantial amount of music for organ including preludes, toccatas and fugues, chorale settings and pieces based on repeating bass lines or ostinatos. Close

Fugue in G BuxWV 175 piano/organ

The three part Fugue in G BuxWV 175 originates as an organ work but readily transcribes as music that can be played on the piano. It is a movement fea Show More...

The three part Fugue in G BuxWV 175 originates as an organ work but readily transcribes as music that can be played on the piano. It is a movement featuring much imitation in the three lines of music. It is also divided into three sections and is more canzona than fugue. The music needs to be played very evenly with a lightness of touch. Entries of the subject in the voices need to be stated clearly. The challenge in playing music in this style is creating space and communicating the intentions and formal shape of the music. The playback tempo in the realisation is 72 quarter note beats to the minute but the movement can be played at a quicker tempo if preferred. There is minimal score detail in the sheet music score as is the convention with music from this era. The music editor also suggests listening to some of the organ versions that exist readily accessible on streaming media. Buxtehude 1637 – 1707 was an important compose of the mid-baroque period and an important influence on J. S. Bach, G.F. Handel and G. P. Telemann. Whilst described as a German composer he considered to be Danish himself though the place he was born is now in Sweden! His place of work from 1668 was St. Mary’s Church, (Marienkirche) Lübeck and apart from his vocal music composed for church contexts there is a substantial amount of music for organ including preludes, toccatas and fugues, chorale settings and pieces based on repeating bass lines or ostinatos. It is worth exploring music originally intended for the organ and harpsichord performance on the piano. Alan Feinberg’s CD “Fugal State” and Francesco Tristano “Long Walk” are two contemporary collections that include the keyboard music of Buxtehude played on the piano. Close

Variations on “Ich denke dein” WoO 74 for piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The 6 Variations with Coda “Ich denke dein” for piano duet (piano 4 hands) were composed in 1803 and published in 1805. A quite delightful set of Show More...

The 6 Variations with Coda “Ich denke dein” for piano duet (piano 4 hands) were composed in 1803 and published in 1805. A quite delightful set of variations based on a song melody with a text that roughly translates as “I think of you when the sun shimmers on the sea” which suggests that the composer belongs more to the romantic than the classical era. sf means suddenly loud and is one of Beethoven’s most used score markings as is not unsurprisingly fp meaning loud going to soft. In Beethoven’s music the surprise element is always strong particularly in respect to dynamics and rhythmic accents which are often placed on the weaker beats of the bar. Time signatures appear at the beginning of the theme and also the beginning of each variation. All movements apart from Variations 3 and 5 are in common time. Tempos in Variation 3 and 5 are more relaxed and slower with the music notated in 2/2 time. As his sketch books show, Beethoven was particular fond of re-working and revising his composition ideas but there is always purpose and a clear sense of direction in his music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended but has not been indicated in the score. The lines of music are rhythmically independent which makes playing the trills in Variation 4 challenging. Beethoven is always interested in developing piano technique and there is evidence of this particularly in Variation 4. This particular variation took the music editor as much time to prepare as the rest of the work put together! The music editor suggests omitting the ornaments particularly in this variation in the first instance. Any pianists/keyboard players not sure of how the ornaments should be played should refer to the video score on the YouTube channel to see a suggested solution. In the video score the ornaments written out in full and it sounds exactly as the realisation available as the mp3 from the website. The playing of ornaments is much more interesting and challenging in Beethoven’s time. The Primo and Secondo can be downloaded separately as “accompaniments” enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. The tempos are as follows in quarter note beats to the bar with the second figure indicating the half note or minim beat tempos for variations 3 and 5. There are three accompaniments: Accompaniment 112/50 Accompaniment 2 108/48 Accompaniment 3 104/46. There is a four bar count in /click on the accompaniment mp3. When performing printing two pages of music on to one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Manchega arr. intermediate level piano

Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and g Show More...

Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World” whilst Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana . The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate piano technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate his virtuoso playing. This is an intermediate level arrangement with the playback tempo of the realisation being 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in Eb and the B section in Gb. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns in and shared between the hands are secure. The use of the sustaining pedal is recommended but is not indicated in the score. In bar 34 players are required to play both a Cb and a C natural. Gottschalk’s piano writing more than suggests the influence of Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore articulation, tonal range and dynamics in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows ready access to the music. Close

Study in Canon No.1 Opus 56 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably very strong in this work composed, the music editor unde Show More...

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably very strong in this work composed, the music editor understands, when Schumann was intent on restoring rigour and confidence to his own compositional process. For the players there is surprisingly intensity and discipline needed to play this relatively short movement. Whilst this music references the past there is a romantic twist or two in the harmonic language. A tempo of 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the realisation. Trills begin on the note and have been written out in the first section of the score in the ossia staves. Understand that the melodic and rhythmic shapes of the ornaments are constant throughout the whole movement. The French word for study is Etude and those who develop or have developed a keen interest in music will be very aware of the many musical challenges associated with this word! Schumann’s Canonic Studies were composed in 1845 for pedal piano and subsequently arranged for piano duet / piano four hands by Georges Bizet. There are also other versions for organ, two pianos and string quartet. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 80 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 at 72 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 68 quarter note beats to the minute.. There is a two bar count in with the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Berceuse (Dolly Suite) arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

A charming and quite beautiful piece which has been arranged for many different instrument combinations although its origins are as a piano duet. A be Show More...

A charming and quite beautiful piece which has been arranged for many different instrument combinations although its origins are as a piano duet. A berceuse is a lullaby or cradle song so a gentle lilting approach is a required with nothing happening abruptly. The realisation plays at 69 quarter note beats to the minute. When performing this music there is an opportunity to slow down at the ends of phrases and then return to tempo at the start of the next phrase. Markings to indicate this are not included in the score. Pedalling has been indicated in the score. The sustaining pedal is put down as the first sound at the beginning of the bar is being played and lifted on the second beat of the bar. Additional pedalling can be added even though it might not be indicated on the score but it should never muddy the texture and lines of the music. The modal element that features in much of Faure’s music is also evident. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 76 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 at 68 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute. There is a four bar count in with the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Children’s March in G for Piano Duet D.928 (Piano 4 Hands)

The Children’s March is an intermediate level piano duet. The repeats are played in the realization and the formal pattern can be summarized as foll Show More...

The Children’s March is an intermediate level piano duet. The repeats are played in the realization and the formal pattern can be summarized as follows. March: A A B B Trio: A A B B March Da Capo (No repeats) AB. This is a template that appears in much classical and romantic music. As is the convention the repeats are not played in the Da Capo repeat of the March. There is a great range of tempo explored in the many performances available of this march. The realization playback at 96 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. This is a characterful and appealing piece with enough contrast and charm to make it an interesting performance piece for both performers and audiences. No sustaining pedal is indicated in the sheet music score although its (minimal) use is suggested. Musical ideas are shared between the parts and players need to be sensitive with regard to the dynamics that they use. Many of Schubert’s greatest works are composed for piano duet and he made a substantial contribution to the repertoire. The composing context often related to his circle of friends for whom he would often write music. Whilst the Children’s March is a short work there are some substantial and large scale works also waiting to be explored. In the Trio section the triplets require a lightness in of touch in the way they are played. It is also important to understand that the Primo and Secondo parts are rhythmically independent. The accompaniment downloads that are available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 96 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 at 84 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute. If players are using a metronome in their preparation then it might be sensible to play to a half note or minim beat. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

First Movement Allegro from Sonata for Piano Duet in B Flat K.358

The First Movement from the Sonata for Piano Duet in Bb K.358 for piano 4 hands is an intermediate level piano duet. The realization plays back at a t Show More...

The First Movement from the Sonata for Piano Duet in Bb K.358 for piano 4 hands is an intermediate level piano duet. The realization plays back at a tempo of 144 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Mozart composed many piano duets which he would often perform with his elder sister Nannerl. A lightness of touch is required in a performance and all notes need to be clearly articulated. There is some lovely sharing of the melodic ideas in the ensemble. Playing Mozart requires a consistent and even approach and the avoidance of exaggerated playing. As far as the ornaments are concerned players should be imitating each other in their delivery. Trills played by both hands together do require careful practice The music editors view on the playing of ornaments is that they should be played simply, rhythmically and consistently. This is music that is very much about melody and accompaniment and it is important for players to communicate its charm and beauty. The first repeat is played in the realization and the second repeat marked in the sheet music score is typically omitted in a performance. There are not many crescendo markings evident in many of the piano duet scores available simply because much of Mozart’s keyboard music was written with the harpsichord in mind. The harpsichord is able to offer a contrasting range of dynamics but not a gradual increase (crescendo) or decrease in sound (diminuendo).The piano or more accurately the fortepiano invented by Christofori was work in progress during Mozart’s lifetime but essentially early pianos were much thinner toned instruments compared to the iron framed pianos familiar to modern ears. The fp indication loud going to soft is one more typically associated with both the instruments and piano music of Beethoven. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 144 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 132 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and Accompaniment 3 at 120 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute There is a four bar count in featuring two different sounds of a wood block. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Second Movement Adagio from the Sonata for Piano Duet in B Flat K.358

The Second Movement: Adagio from W.A. Mozart’s Sonata for Piano duet in Bb K.358 is an intermediate level piano duet. The Sonata, composed in the pe Show More...

The Second Movement: Adagio from W.A. Mozart’s Sonata for Piano duet in Bb K.358 is an intermediate level piano duet. The Sonata, composed in the period 1773-74 in Salzburg was most probably intended to played by Mozart and his older sister, Nannerl. The realisation score plays back at a tempo of 58 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The first repeat is usually played in a performance whilst the second indicated in the sheet music score is usually omitted. Pianists and keyboard players do need to approach the work with a lightness of touch in their hands. When playing the movement as part of an ensemble one of the performing challenges is to maintain clarity in the texture and to communicate the melodic ideas and how these are shared between the players. Whilst not indicated in the score minimal use of the sustaining pedal is suggested. The octave playing in the Secondo part needs careful practice and occasional use of the fourth finger is also suggested for this particular passage. The trills particularly in the Primo part when they are played by both hands also require attention. No repeats are played in the realisation. The challenge when playing Mozart is actually to make it sound like Mozart with a lightness of touch and beauty of sound. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 58 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 56 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and Accompaniment 3 at 54 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute There is a two bar count in featuring two different sounds of a wood block. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. solo piano

Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. For the pianist the challenge is to co Show More...

Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. For the pianist the challenge is to communicate the melody of the song with as much of the intended accompaniment as possible. In the transcription there has been some necessary editing of the chords and the technique of crossing hands will need to be explored by the keyboard player to ensure legato playing of the melody. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which the pianist will need to take into consideration during a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 90 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Songs are understandably often arranged in different keys and two versions are available in the pdf download the first in Eb and the second in D. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. flute, marimba & acoustic guitar

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for flute accompan Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for flute accompanied by marimba and acoustic guitar keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song and is an excellent piece for the flute player to develop both control and quality of tone in their playing. The accompaniment comprising marimba and acoustic guitar with off-beat or syncopated chords adds both intensity and urgency to the music. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 90 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual parts are appended to the full sheet music score and the marimba and acoustic guitar accompaniment is available playing at (1) 88 (2) 90 (3) 92 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute as an mp3 download. For a piece of just 54 bars in length there is a considerable musical and emotional range in the music with the music editor suggesting that this is both an excellent performance and assessment piece. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. oboe, marimba & acoustic guitar

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for oboe accompani Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for oboe accompanied by marimba and acoustic guitar keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song and is an excellent piece for the oboe player to develop both control and quality of tone in their playing. The accompaniment comprises marimba and acoustic guitar with off-beat or syncopated chords adds both intensity and urgency to the music. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 90 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual parts are appended to the full sheet music score and the marimba and acoustic guitar accompaniment is available playing at (1) 88 (2) 90 (3) 92 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute as an mp3 download. For a piece of just 54 bars in length there is a considerable musical and emotional range in the music with the music editor suggesting that this is both an excellent performance and assessment piece. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. violin, marimba & acoustic guitar

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for violin accompa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for violin accompanied by marimba and acoustic guitar keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song and is an excellent piece for the violin player to develop both control and quality of tone in their playing. The accompaniment comprises marimba and acoustic guitar with off-beat or syncopated chords adding both intensity and urgency to the music. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 90 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual parts are appended to the full sheet music score and the marimba and acoustic guitar accompaniment is available playing at (1) 88 (2) 90 (3) 92 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute as an mp3 download. For a piece of just 54 bars in length there is a considerable musical and emotional range in the music with the music editor suggesting that this is both an excellent performance and assessment piece. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. viola, marimba & acoustic guitar

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for viola accompan Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for viola accompanied by marimba and acoustic guitar keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song and is an excellent piece for the viola player to develop both control and quality of tone in their playing. The accompaniment comprises marimba and acoustic guitar with off-beat or syncopated chords adding both intensity and urgency to the music. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 90 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute as an mp3 download. Individual parts are appended to the full sheet music score and the marimba and acoustic guitar accompaniment is available playing at (1) 88 (2) 90 (3) 92 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. For a piece of just 54 bars in length there is a considerable musical and emotional range in the music with the music editor suggesting that this is both an excellent performance and assessment piece. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. violin & two acoustic guitars

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for violin and two Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for violin and two acoustic guitars keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song and is an excellent piece for the soloist to develop both control and quality of tone in their playing. The accompaniment is played by two acoustic guitars with the off-beat or syncopated chords in the acoustic guitar 2 accompaniment adding both intensity and urgency to the music. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 90 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual parts are appended to the full sheet music score and the guitar duo accompaniment is available playing at (1) 92 (2) 90 (3) 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute as an mp3 download. For a piece of just 54 bars in length there is a considerable musical and emotional range in the music and the music editor suggests that this is an excellent assessment piece. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. viola & two acoustic guitars

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for viola and two Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for viola and two acoustic guitars keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song and is an excellent piece for the soloist to develop both control and quality of tone in their playing. The accompaniment is played by two acoustic guitars with the off-beat or syncopated chords in the acoustic guitar 2 accompaniment adding both intensity and urgency to the music. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 90 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual parts are appended to the full sheet music score and the guitar duo accompaniment is available playing at (1) 92 (2) 90 (3) 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute as an mp3 download. For a piece of just 54 bars in length there is a considerable musical and emotional range in the music and the music editor suggests that this is an excellent assessment piece. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. oboe & two acoustic guitars

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for oboe and two a Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for oboe and two acoustic guitars keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song and is an excellent piece for the soloist to develop both control and quality of tone in their playing. The accompaniment is played by two acoustic guitars with the off-beat or syncopated chords in the acoustic guitar 2 accompaniment adding both intensity and urgency to the music. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 90 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual parts are appended to the full sheet music score and the guitar duo accompaniment is available playing at (1) 92 (2) 90 (3) 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute as an mp3 download. For a piece of just 54 bars in length there is a considerable musical and emotional range in the music and the music editor suggests that this is an excellent assessment piece. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. flute & two acoustic guitars

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for flute and two Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 and comes from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. This arrangement for flute and two acoustic guitars keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song and is an excellent piece for the flute soloist to develop both control and quality of tone. The accompaniment is played by two acoustic guitars with the off-beat or syncopated chords in the acoustic guitar 2 accompaniment adding both intensity and urgency to the music. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 90 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Individual parts are appended to the full sheet music score and the guitar duo accompaniment is available playing at (1) 92 (2) 90 (3) 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute as an mp3 download. For a piece of just 54 bars in length there is a both considerable musical and emotional range which suggests that this is an excellent assessment piece. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. violin & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Violin players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A violin part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. cello & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Cellists should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1)92 (2)88 (3)84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A violoncello part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. viola & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Viola players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A viola part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. tuba & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Tuba players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A tuba part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None But The Lonely Heart Heart arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Trumpet players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. trombone & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Trombone players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A trombone part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. tenor horn & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Tenor horn players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A tenor horn part notated in the treble clef and appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. euphonium & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Euphonium players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A euphonium part notated in the treble clef and appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. baritone saxophone & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Baritone saxophone players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A baritone saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. English horn & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Oboe players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. bassoon & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Solo players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A bassoon part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. soprano saxophone & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Solo players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. tenor saxophone & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Solo players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. alto saxophone & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Solo players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Clarinet players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. oboe & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Oboe players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. An oboe part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. flute & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Flute players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A flute part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

Piccolo Valzer

Puccini’s Piccolo Valzer dates from 1894 and but was revisited by the composer becoming Musetta’s Waltz “Quando me n’vo” in Act II of the op Show More...

Puccini’s Piccolo Valzer dates from 1894 and but was revisited by the composer becoming Musetta’s Waltz “Quando me n’vo” in Act II of the opera “La Boheme.” It is interesting to play this waltz melody as a piano piece and the music editor suggests a Moderato tempo rather than Lento. The composer was inspired to write the work after a boat trip fishing on the lake close to his home. The playing instruction con ondulazione is a reference to ripples on the water. Pianists need to avoid playing with too heavy a touch and the sustaining pedal needs to be used or else the playing may sound on the lumpy side. This is marked in the sheet music score and be ready for some rather quick pedalling changes. The realisation plays at 94 quarter note beats to the minute. There is opportunity for the music to ebb and flow in respect to the tempo and the tempo rubato is a reference to this type of playing. There is some wonderful harmonic writing in this ternary form ABA work but avoid any exaggerated playing and aim to communicate the simplicity and beauty of the melody. Close

Down By The Riverside arr. alto saxophone & piano

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African A Show More...

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African American spiritual. There are many recorded versions dating as far back as the 1920’s and It was also familiar as an anti-war protest song during the Vietnam war. There are many versions of the lyrics which include Old Testament bible references. There are fine performances to be discovered by traditional jazz bands and singers that explore traditional, gospel and contemporary popular music styles. This arrangement sounds in the key of Eb and features syncopation in a march style. It is as an excellent introduction for learning to play in the 20th century popular idiom. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There is one accompaniment available that plays back at a tempo of 84 half note or minim beats to the minute. Close

Down By The Riverside arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African A Show More...

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African American spiritual. There are many recorded versions dating as far back as the 1920’s and It was also familiar as an anti-war protest song during the Vietnam war. There are many versions of the lyrics which include Old Testament bible references. There are fine performances to be discovered by traditional jazz bands and singers that explore traditional, gospel and contemporary popular music styles. This arrangement sounds in the key of F and features syncopation in a march style. It is as an excellent introduction for learning to play in the 20th century popular idiom. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There is one accompaniment available that plays back at a tempo of 84 half note or minim beats to the minute. Close

Down By The Riverside arr. flute & piano

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African A Show More...

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African American spiritual. There are many recorded versions dating as far back as the 1920’s and It was also familiar as an anti-war protest song during the Vietnam war. There are many versions of the lyrics which include Old Testament bible references. There are fine performances to be discovered by traditional jazz bands and singers that explore traditional, gospel and contemporary popular music styles. This arrangement sounds in the key of C and features syncopation in a march style. It is as an excellent introduction for learning to play in the 20th century popular idiom. A flute part is appended to the full score. There is one accompaniment available that plays back at a tempo of 84 half note or minim beats to the minute. Close

Elite Syncopations arr. intermediate level piano

Elite Syncopations is one of Scott Joplin best ragtime compositions. If you are not sure how to approach the playing of Joplin’s music listen to th Show More...

Elite Syncopations is one of Scott Joplin best ragtime compositions. If you are not sure how to approach the playing of Joplin’s music listen to the composers own whose remastered piano rolls which are an excellent source of clarifying how this style of music should be performed. A tempo of 78 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is recommended in this arrangement for intermediate level piano which also has suggested fingering in place. The music sounds key in the original key of C. Close

First Movement from Sonata in G arr. cello & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The tempo of the realisation in the realisation plays at 63quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which is on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. Accompanists need to make use of the sustaining pedal and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A trombone part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata orig. in G arr. arr. trombone & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime known particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The music has been transposed to sound in the key of F and the tempo in the realisation plays at 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which is on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. Accompanists need to make use of the sustaining pedal and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A trombone part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata orig. in G arr. arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The sounding key is Eb and the tempo in the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which is on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The uses of the sustaining pedal by the piano accompanist is recommended and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A trumpet in Bb appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata orig. in G arr. arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The approach to this arrangement has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The tempo in the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the video score which is available to view on our YouTube channel the ornaments have been written out although symbols have been used in the sheet music score which is available from the website. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The accompanist does need to make use of the sustaining pedal and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata in G arr. violin & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The tempo in the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which is on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The accompanist does need to make use of the sustaining pedal and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A violin part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata orig. in G arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The sounding key is Eb and the tempo of the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which is on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The accompanist does need to make use of the sustaining pedal and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A clarinet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata in G arr. oboe & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The tempo in the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which can be found on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The uses of the sustaining pedal by the piano accompanist is recommended and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! An oboe part is appended to the full score.There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata in G arr. flute & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The tempo in the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which can be found on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The uses of the sustaining pedal by the piano accompanist is recommended and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A flute part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Keyboard Sonata in C K.19d piano 4 hands

The First Movement from the Keyboard Sonata in C K.19d for piano 4 hands is an intermediate level piano duet. The realization plays back at a tempo of Show More...

The First Movement from the Keyboard Sonata in C K.19d for piano 4 hands is an intermediate level piano duet. The realization plays back at a tempo of 60 half note (minim) beats to the minute. The music editor suggests 64 minim beats to the minute as an ideal tempo for playing the movement. A light touch is required in a performance and all notes need to be clearly articulated. Playing Mozart requires a very consistent and even approach and the avoidance of exaggeration. As far are ornaments are concerned players should be imitating each other in their delivery. The short trill is a simple 4 note shape. This is music that is very much about melody and accompaniment and it is important for players to communicate its charm and beauty. The music editor’s preference is for a dry acoustic which is appropriate for the music and instruments of the period. This sonata is likely to have been performed by the young Mozart with his elder sister Nannerl on a visit to London where the performing instrument was likely to have been a harpsichord. The music was only discovered in 1921 and whilst in the past it has been attributed to W.A Mozart the current view is that it was more probably composed by either his older sister Nannerl or his father Leopold. Suffice to say that much of Mozart's classical musical style is demonstrated in this sonata whichever one of the family composed it! The sonata has some very appealing musical content and as a work, most probably written by a child, it is interesting to play and compare to W.A. Mozart's later and more substantial piano 4 hands music such as the piano Sonata for Piano 4 hands in C K.521. There are several variants in terms of the scores available but the sheet music score and realisations are based on current performance practice. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo parts. The primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 half note beats (minim) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 64 half note beats (minim) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 at 60 half note beats (minim) to the minute. There is a 4 bar count in featuring the sound of a wood block. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Piano Prelude in C# minor Opus 22 No.2

This piano prelude dates from 1897. Whilst Scriabin was famous and his importance recognised in his lifetime his music has been largely ignored and fo Show More...

This piano prelude dates from 1897. Whilst Scriabin was famous and his importance recognised in his lifetime his music has been largely ignored and forgotten since his death. His musical language is frequently extremely chromatic and dissonant whilst his early works can be described as belonging to the late romantic period in music history and are essentially tonal works. Many of his preludes and short works are both beautiful and challenging pieces of music and are deserving of more attention and being played. This particularly piece has been popularised by the American group the Punch Brothers on their album Phosphorescent Blues. As a young composer Scriabin was influenced by Chopin but in his later life he became pre-occupied with mysticism and theosophy in time becoming identified as a symbolist composer. Close

Norwegian Dance No. 2 arr. piano duet

Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in Show More...

Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was very fortunate in that he was able to source several folk music collections on which to compose and arrange music. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and this is an excellent performance piece. There are also many arrangements of the piece to be explored for various combinations of instruments. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and 112 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute for the faster section, Accompaniment 2 at 66 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and 108 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute for the faster section, Accompaniment 3 at 64 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and 104 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute for the faster section There is a four bar count in featuring two different sounds of a wood block. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Third Movement: Rondo Keyboard Sonata in C K.19d piano 4 hands

The Rondo from the Keyboard Sonata in C K.19d for piano 4 hands is an intermediate level piano duet. It is believed that this work dates from 1765 and Show More...

The Rondo from the Keyboard Sonata in C K.19d for piano 4 hands is an intermediate level piano duet. It is believed that this work dates from 1765 and was possibly played by Mozart and his sister on a visit to London when more than likely it was played on a harpsichord. A rondo is a piece with a recurring theme and the form of this movement can be represented by the letters A B A C A D A E A. The realization plays back at a tempo of 110 quarter note beats to the minute. Each section is played at the same tempo apart from the Adagio E section. The appoggiaturas marked in the score can be and are interpreted differently by different performers. The music was only discovered in 1921 and whilst in the past it has been attributed to W.A Mozart the current view is that it was more probably composed by either his older sister Nannerl or his father Leopold. Suffice to say there is much of Mozart's classical musical style in this sonata whichever one of the family composed it! The sonata has some very appealing musical content and as a work, most probably written by a child, it is interesting to play and compare to W.A. Mozart's later and more substantial piano 4 hands music such as the piano Sonata for Piano 4 hands in C K.521. There are several variants in terms of the scores available but the sheet music score and realisation are based on current performance practice. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 110 quarter note beats (crotchets) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 106 quarter note beats (crotchets) to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 100 quarter note beats (crotchets) to the minute There is a 4 bar count in featuring the sound of a wood block. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Minuet and Trio Keyboard Sonata in C K.19d piano 4 hands

The Minuet and Trio for piano 4 hands from the Keyboard Sonata in C K.19d is an intermediate level piano duet. It is believed that this work dates fro Show More...

The Minuet and Trio for piano 4 hands from the Keyboard Sonata in C K.19d is an intermediate level piano duet. It is believed that this work dates from 1765 and was possibly played by Mozart and his sister on a visit to London when more than likely it was played on a harpsichord. The music was only discovered in 1921 and whilst in the past it has been attributed to W.A Mozart the current view is that it was more probably composed by either his older sister Nannerl or his father Leopold. Suffice to say there is much of Mozart's classical musical style in this sonata whichever one of the family composed it. The sonata has some very appealing musical content and as a work, most probably written by a child, it is interesting to play and compare to W.A. Mozart's later and more substantial piano 4 hands music such as the piano Sonata for Piano 4 hands in C K.521. There are several variants in terms of the scores available but the sheet music score and realisation are based on current performance practice. The pattern that the of this music in performance is Minuet AABB Trio AABB followed by a repeat of the Minuet without repeats AB. The video score plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note beats to the minute. The tempi of the minuet and trio sections are the same. Pianists and keyboard players do need to approach the work with a lightness of touch which is perhaps not suggested in the realisation. All notes need to be clearly articulated but duettists need to remember that the piece is very much about melody and accompaniment and it is the top line which needs to prevail. The music editor is keen to have feedback in respect to the accompaniment particularly in regard to the tempo that has been suggested. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the primo or secondo parts. The primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 126 plays at quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 120 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute at beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 112 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute. There is a 2 bar count in featuring the sound of a wood block. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. piano in C

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for intermediate level solo piano or keyboard in the key of C. The challenge for the piano/keyboard player is Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for intermediate level solo piano or keyboard in the key of C. The challenge for the piano/keyboard player is to keep the melody line singing out over the accompaniment. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist keyboard player is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. Chords have also been indicated in the score as is the convention in popular music. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. flute & acoustic guitar + TAB

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A guitar accompaniment is also available for this score and for the guitarist there is a both a TAB and notated music score. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. violin & acoustic guitar

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A guitar accompaniment is also available for this score. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. mandolin & acoustic guitar

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A guitar accompaniment is also available for this score. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. flute & acoustic guitar

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A guitar accompaniment is also available for this score. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. tin whistle & acoustic guitar

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A guitar accompaniment is also available for this score. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. cello & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A violoncello part is appended to the full score and a piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. viola & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A viola part is appended to the full score and a piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. violin & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A violin part is appended to the full score and a piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. tenor horn & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A tenor horn part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. baritone horn & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A baritone horn part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. trombone & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A trombone part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A trumpet in Bb part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. French horn & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A horn in F (French horn) appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. bassoon & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A bassoon part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. tenor saxophone & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. An tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. alto saxophone & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. soprano saxophone & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. English horn & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. oboe & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. An oboe part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. flute & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. There is the option of playing the repeat at the octave. A flute part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this score. Close

The Prophet Bird arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

This piece comes from Robert Schumann’s piano collection Waldscenen Opus 82 and dates from 1849. The title “Vogel als Prophet” translates as “ Show More...

This piece comes from Robert Schumann’s piano collection Waldscenen Opus 82 and dates from 1849. The title “Vogel als Prophet” translates as “Bird of Prophet” or “The Prophet Bird.” It is an impressive piece in ABA (Ternary form) and has been arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano sounding in C minor. There are a few octave transpositions in the piano part. The tempo indication in German is Langsam, sehr zart which translates as Slowly, very tenderly. The music has a haunting quality and offers challenges for both for the clarinet player and accompanist making it a very good test piece. The playback in the realisation is a little on the tense side and does not explore tempo rubato which at this time was an aspect of performance practice. Poise and control are needed in a performance whilst all the shapes need to be practiced for accuracy and shape. This is a music score that offers many challenges to players. The tempo in the realisation is 60 quarter note beats although there is opportunity to slow down at the end of phrases. The trill has been written out on an ossia stave in the sheet music score. The sustaining pedal has been indicated in the score but minimal use is suggested. This is a work that challenges the performers to make it their own in the sense that from the first note to the last both the players and the listeners must be captivated. It is a piece where it very easy for the music to be lost on the journey of a performance. It is important for players have a clear understanding of the rhythmic notation and intention - 3 thirty-second notes (demisemiquavers) are to be played in the time of one sixteenth note (or semiquaver). The music editor suggests that at the end of bar 18 the tempo is slowed and again at the end of bar 23 before the return to Tempo I at bar 25. This arrangement keeps as close to Schumann’s score copy as possible. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full score. Close

The Prophet Bird arr. flute & piano

This piece comes from Robert Schumann’s piano collection Waldscenen Opus 82 and dates from 1849. The title “Vogel als Prophet” translates as “ Show More...

This piece comes from Robert Schumann’s piano collection Waldscenen Opus 82 and dates from 1849. The title “Vogel als Prophet” translates as “Bird of Prophet” or “The Prophet Bird.” It is an impressive piece in ABA (Ternary form) and has been arranged for flute and piano. There are a few octave transpositions in the flute part simply needed to keep the melody within the instrument’s range. The tempo indication in German is Langsam, sehr zart which translates as Slowly, very tenderly. The music has a haunting quality and offers challenges for both for the flautist and accompanist making it a very good test piece. The playback in the realisation is a little on the tense side and does not explore tempo rubato which at this time was an aspect of performance practice. Poise and control are needed in a performance whilst all the shapes need to be practiced for accuracy and shape. This is a music score that offers many challenges to players. The tempo in the realisation is 60 quarter note beats although there is opportunity to slow down at the end of phrases. The trill has been written out on an ossia stave in the sheet music score. The sustaining pedal has been indicated in the score but minimal use is suggested. This is a work that challenges the performers to make it their own in the sense that from the first note to the last both the players and the listeners must be captivated. It is a piece where it very easy for the music to be lost on the journey of a performance. It is important for players have a clear understanding of the rhythmic notation and intention - 3 thirty-second notes (demisemiquavers) are to be played in the time of one sixteenth note (or semiquaver). The music editor suggests that at the end of bar 18 the tempo is slowed and again at the end of bar 23 before the return to Tempo I at bar 25. This arrangement keeps as close to Schumann’s score copy as possible. A flute part is appended to the full score. Close

Sonata in G minor C.61 arr. flute and classical guitar

Domenico Cimarosa 1749-1801 was an Italian composer who whilst a widely travelled musician belongs to the Neapolitan (Naples) school and he is remembe Show More...

Domenico Cimarosa 1749-1801 was an Italian composer who whilst a widely travelled musician belongs to the Neapolitan (Naples) school and he is remembered particularly for his operas. His keyboard music is played on both the piano and the harpsichord and several pieces in more recent times have been transcribed for the classical guitar. In this arrangement for flute and classical guitar of his Sonata in G minor C.61 marked Adagio ma non troppo the flute melody need to be played legato. Players need to have a keen awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse whilst the realisation plays at 42 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. The repetitive element in the music is strong and the ornaments have been written out in this video score. There is the opportunity to linger at the end of phrases but any exaggeration of the music whether in respect to rhythm, dynamic and melody needs to be avoided. Close

Keyboard Sonata in G Minor (C.61)

Domenico Cimarosa 1749-1801 was an Italian composer who whilst a widely travelled musician belongs to the Neapolitan (Naples) school and he is remembe Show More...

Domenico Cimarosa 1749-1801 was an Italian composer who whilst a widely travelled musician belongs to the Neapolitan (Naples) school and he is remembered particularly for his operas. His keyboard music is played on both the piano and the harpsichord and several pieces in more recent times have been transcribed for the classical guitar. The movement marked Adagio ma non troppo requires a legato touch while the realisation plays at a steady 42 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. The score has been prepared for performance on a piano and the ossia stave has an interpretation provided for the playing of the ornaments in bar 2 although there is option to modify these suggestions which possibly lack some rhythmic flexibility. The repeat of the ornaments in bar 15 should be played as in bar 2. Keyboard players need to have a keen awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse when they are playing. The repetitive element in the music is strong whilst there is the opportunity to linger at the end of phrases but any exaggeration of the music whether in respect to rhythm, dynamic and melody needs to be avoided. The keyboard sonatas attributed to Cimarosa are short one movement works and any groupings of works in the same key found in recordings are editorial. They are works with appeal and consistent in their quality. The composer’s music is deserving of more attention and the keyboard sonatas are excellent performance pieces. A plain music score is appended to the edited music score. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. baritone & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A baritone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score although it is a tuba sound heard in the recording. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. tenor horn & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A tenor horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score although it is a tuba sound heard in the recording. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. violin & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realization is played at 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A violin part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. cello & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realization is played at 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A violoncello part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. mandolin, acoustic guitar and string bass

This is an excellent ensemble piece although there are challenges for the guitar player. It is a challenging piece because a successful performance re Show More...

This is an excellent ensemble piece although there are challenges for the guitar player. It is a challenging piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a trio to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realization is played at 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. Individual parts for the three instruments are appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr string group

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone and the arrangement is for violins divided into parts I and II viola and Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone and the arrangement is for violins divided into parts I and II viola and violoncellos. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a string group to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realization is played at 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. Individual string parts are appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr saxophone quartet

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone and this arrangement is for soprano, alto, tenor with possibly two instru Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone and this arrangement is for soprano, alto, tenor with possibly two instruments playing each line and baritone saxophone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a saxophone ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realization is played at 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. Individual saxophone parts are appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr clarinet choir

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone and this arrangement is for clarinets divided into parts I, II and III ( Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone and this arrangement is for clarinets divided into parts I, II and III (ideally two instruments or more on each line) and bass clarinet. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a clarinet group to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realization is played at 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. Individual clarinet parts are appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. trombone & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A trombone part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. French horn & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A horn in F (French horn) part is appended to the full music score and there is an alternative ending on the ossia stave. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A trumpet in Bb part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. bassoon & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A bassoon part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. tenor saxophone & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. alto saxophone & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. English horn & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. oboe & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. An oboe part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. flute & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A flute part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr flute acoustic guitar and string bass

This is an excellent ensemble piece although there are particular challenges for the guitar player playing the inner lines. It is a challenging piece Show More...

This is an excellent ensemble piece although there are particular challenges for the guitar player playing the inner lines. It is a challenging piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a trio to play this piece perfectly in tune requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realization is played at 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Individual parts for the three instruments are appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. French horn & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. It has been transposed down a tone from the original version. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases in the rubato sections and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composers own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A horn in F part (French horn) appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. violin & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases in the rubato sections and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composer’s own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk style music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A violin part is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. baritone & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. It is a tone lower than the piano original and the Vivo sections have been transposed down an octave. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal but this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composers own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A baritone part is appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. alto saxophone & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections.In the Vivo, non rubato sections the music has been transposed down an octave. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal but this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composers own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. An alto saxophone part is appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. The music editor is aware that the range of the piece is right at the top end of the register for the alto saxophone and would be very interested in receiving feedback about the arrangements practicality and suitability in performance. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces although it has been transposed down a tone. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases in the rubato sections and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composer’s own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A clarinet on Bb appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in the Transylvania arr. flute & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in both clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong and whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 144 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal but this has not been indicated in the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composers own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A flute part is appended to the music score Close

Evening in Transylvania

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. There are two Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bartok remains loyal to the principle of contrast in music exploring two different ideas. Bartok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in both clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong and whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. Some pedalling has been indicated in the score but the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composers own time. Bartok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument and as a composer many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Much of his piano music was composed for teaching purposes and collections such as For Children and Mikrokosmos are well worth exploring. Bartok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bartok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Close

Neapolitan Song arr. soprano saxophone & piano